* breakpoint.c (_initialize_breakpoint): Remove "bu" command alias of
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "hashtab.h"
25 #include "symtab.h"
26 #include "frame.h"
27 #include "breakpoint.h"
28 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "gdbtypes.h"
30 #include "expression.h"
31 #include "gdbcore.h"
32 #include "gdbcmd.h"
33 #include "value.h"
34 #include "command.h"
35 #include "inferior.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
37 #include "target.h"
38 #include "language.h"
39 #include "gdb_string.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "wrapper.h"
60 #include "valprint.h"
61
62 /* readline include files */
63 #include "readline/readline.h"
64 #include "readline/history.h"
65
66 /* readline defines this. */
67 #undef savestring
68
69 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
70
71 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
72 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
73 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
74
75 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
76
77 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
80
81 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
82
83 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
84
85 static void disable_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
90
91 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
92
93 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
94
95 static void clear_command (char *, int);
96
97 static void catch_command (char *, int);
98
99 static void watch_command (char *, int);
100
101 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
102
103 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
104
105 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
106
107 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
108
109 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
110
111 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
112
113 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
114 enum bptype bptype);
115
116 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, struct obj_section *, int);
117
118 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
119
120 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
121
122 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *, bpstat);
123
124 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
125
126 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
127
128 static void commands_command (char *, int);
129
130 static void condition_command (char *, int);
131
132 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
133
134 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
135
136 typedef enum
137 {
138 mark_inserted,
139 mark_uninserted
140 }
141 insertion_state_t;
142
143 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
144
145 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
146
147 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
148
149 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
150
151 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
152
153 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
154
155 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
156
157 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
158
159 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
160
161 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
162
163 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
164
165 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
166
167 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
168
169 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
170
171 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
172
173 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
174
175 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
176
177 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
178
179 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
180 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
181
182 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
183
184 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
185
186 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
187
188 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
189
190 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
191
192 static void update_global_location_list (int);
193
194 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
195
196 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt);
197
198 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
199
200 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
201
202 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
203
204 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
205
206 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
207
208 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
209
210 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
211 current breakpoint. */
212
213 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
214
215 static const char *
216 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
217 {
218 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
219 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
220 static char *bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
221 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
222 }
223
224 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
225 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
226 if such is available. */
227 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
228
229 static void
230 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
231 struct cmd_list_element *c,
232 const char *value)
233 {
234 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
235 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
236 value);
237 }
238
239 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
240 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
241 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
242 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
243 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
244 static void
245 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
246 struct cmd_list_element *c,
247 const char *value)
248 {
249 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
250 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
251 value);
252 }
253
254 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
255 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
256 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
257 use hardware breakpoints. */
258 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
259 static void
260 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
261 struct cmd_list_element *c,
262 const char *value)
263 {
264 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
265 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
266 value);
267 }
268
269 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
270 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
271 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
272 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
273 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
274
275 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
276 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
277 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
278 static const char *always_inserted_enums[] = {
279 always_inserted_auto,
280 always_inserted_off,
281 always_inserted_on,
282 NULL
283 };
284 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
285 static void
286 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
287 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
288 {
289 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
290 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
291 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
292 value,
293 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
294 else
295 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value);
296 }
297
298 int
299 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
300 {
301 return (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
302 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop));
303 }
304
305 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
306
307 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
308 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
309
310 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
311 static int overlay_events_enabled;
312
313 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
314 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
315 breakpoint. */
316
317 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
318
319 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
320 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
321 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
322 B = TMP)
323
324 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
325
326 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
327
328 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
329 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
330 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
331 B = TMP)
332
333 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
334
335 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
336 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
337 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
338
339 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
340
341 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
342
343 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
344
345 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
346 unlinked from bp_location_chain, but for which a hit
347 may still be reported by a target. */
348 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
349
350 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
351
352 int breakpoint_count;
353
354 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
355
356 int tracepoint_count;
357
358 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
359 static int
360 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
361 {
362 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
363 }
364
365 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
366
367 void
368 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
369 {
370 breakpoint_count = num;
371 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
372 }
373
374 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
375
376 void
377 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
378 {
379 struct breakpoint *b;
380
381 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
382 b->hit_count = 0;
383 }
384
385 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
386 for "break" command with no arg.
387 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
388 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
389
390 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
391
392 int default_breakpoint_valid;
393 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
394 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
395 int default_breakpoint_line;
396 \f
397 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
398 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
399
400 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
401 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
402 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
403
404 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
405
406 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
407 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
408 static int
409 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
410 {
411 int retval = 0; /* default */
412 char *p = *pp;
413
414 if (p == NULL)
415 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
416 return breakpoint_count;
417 else if (*p == '$')
418 {
419 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
420 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
421 char *varname;
422 char *start = ++p;
423 LONGEST val;
424
425 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
426 p++;
427 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
428 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
429 varname[p - start] = '\0';
430 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname), &val))
431 retval = (int) val;
432 else
433 {
434 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
435 retval = 0;
436 }
437 }
438 else
439 {
440 if (*p == '-')
441 ++p;
442 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
443 ++p;
444 if (p == *pp)
445 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
446 {
447 /* Skip non-numeric token */
448 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
449 ++p;
450 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
451 retval = 0;
452 }
453 else
454 retval = atoi (*pp);
455 }
456 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
457 {
458 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
459 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
460 ++p;
461 retval = 0;
462 }
463 while (isspace (*p))
464 p++;
465 *pp = p;
466 return retval;
467 }
468
469
470 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
471 int
472 get_number (char **pp)
473 {
474 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
475 }
476
477 /* Parse a number or a range.
478 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
479 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
480 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
481 * inclusive.
482 *
483 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
484 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
485 *
486 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
487 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
488 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
489 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
490 * pointer PP past <number2>.
491 */
492
493 int
494 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
495 {
496 static int last_retval, end_value;
497 static char *end_ptr;
498 static int in_range = 0;
499
500 if (**pp != '-')
501 {
502 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
503 or to the first number of a range. */
504 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
505 if (**pp == '-')
506 {
507 char **temp;
508
509 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
510 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
511 and also remember the end of the final token. */
512
513 temp = &end_ptr;
514 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
515 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
516 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
517 end_value = get_number (temp);
518 if (end_value < last_retval)
519 {
520 error (_("inverted range"));
521 }
522 else if (end_value == last_retval)
523 {
524 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
525 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
526 single number. */
527 *pp = end_ptr;
528 }
529 else
530 in_range = 1;
531 }
532 }
533 else if (! in_range)
534 error (_("negative value"));
535 else
536 {
537 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
538 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
539 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
540 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
541 is reached. */
542
543 if (++last_retval == end_value)
544 {
545 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
546 *pp = end_ptr;
547 in_range = 0;
548 }
549 }
550 return last_retval;
551 }
552
553
554 \f
555 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
556
557 static void
558 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
559 {
560 struct breakpoint *b;
561 char *p;
562 int bnum;
563
564 if (arg == 0)
565 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
566
567 p = arg;
568 bnum = get_number (&p);
569 if (bnum == 0)
570 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
571
572 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
573 if (b->number == bnum)
574 {
575 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
576 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
577 {
578 if (loc->cond)
579 {
580 xfree (loc->cond);
581 loc->cond = 0;
582 }
583 }
584 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
585 xfree (b->cond_string);
586
587 if (*p == 0)
588 {
589 b->cond_string = NULL;
590 if (from_tty)
591 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
592 }
593 else
594 {
595 arg = p;
596 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
597 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
598 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
599 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
600 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
601 {
602 arg = p;
603 loc->cond =
604 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
605 if (*arg)
606 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
607 }
608 }
609 breakpoints_changed ();
610 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
611 return;
612 }
613
614 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
615 }
616
617 static void
618 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
619 {
620 struct breakpoint *b;
621 char *p;
622 int bnum;
623 struct command_line *l;
624
625 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
626 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
627 being read from. */
628
629 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
630 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
631
632 p = arg;
633 bnum = get_number (&p);
634
635 if (p && *p)
636 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
637
638 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
639 if (b->number == bnum)
640 {
641 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
642 bnum);
643 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
644 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty, 1);
645 do_cleanups (cleanups);
646 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
647 b->commands = l;
648 breakpoints_changed ();
649 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
650 return;
651 }
652 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
653 }
654
655 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
656 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
657
658 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
659 that are part of if and while bodies. */
660 enum command_control_type
661 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
662 {
663 struct breakpoint *b;
664 char *p;
665 int bnum;
666
667 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
668 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
669 being read from. */
670
671 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
672 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
673
674 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
675 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
676 if (arg && !*arg)
677 p = NULL;
678 else
679 p = arg;
680 bnum = get_number (&p);
681
682 if (p && *p)
683 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
684
685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
686 if (b->number == bnum)
687 {
688 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
689 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
690 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
691 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
692 list after it finishes execution. */
693 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
694 breakpoints_changed ();
695 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
696 return simple_control;
697 }
698 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
699 }
700 \f
701 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
702 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents. */
703
704 void
705 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte *buf, ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
706 {
707 struct bp_location *b;
708 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
709 int bp_size = 0;
710 int bptoffset = 0;
711
712 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
713 {
714 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
715 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
716 b->owner->number);
717
718 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
719 continue;
720 if (!b->inserted)
721 continue;
722 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
723 we need to copy. */
724 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
725 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
726 if (bp_size == 0)
727 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
728 continue;
729
730 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
731 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
732 are reading. */
733 continue;
734
735 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
736 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
737 reading. */
738 continue;
739
740 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
741 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
742 {
743 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
744 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
745 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
746 bp_addr = memaddr;
747 }
748
749 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
750 {
751 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
752 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
753 }
754
755 memcpy (buf + bp_addr - memaddr,
756 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
757 }
758 }
759 \f
760
761 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
762 static void
763 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
764 {
765 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
766 int val = -1;
767
768 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_catchpoint);
769 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->insert != NULL);
770
771 b->ops->insert (b);
772 }
773
774 static int
775 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
776 {
777 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
778 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
779 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
780 }
781
782 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
783 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
784 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
785 not need them.
786
787 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
788 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
789 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
790 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
791 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
792
793 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
794 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
795 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
796 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
797
798 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
799 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
800 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
801 chain. */
802
803 static void
804 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression *exp, struct value **valp,
805 struct value **resultp, struct value **val_chain)
806 {
807 struct value *mark, *new_mark, *result;
808 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
809
810 *valp = NULL;
811 if (resultp)
812 *resultp = NULL;
813 if (val_chain)
814 *val_chain = NULL;
815
816 /* Evaluate the expression. */
817 mark = value_mark ();
818 result = NULL;
819
820 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
821 {
822 result = evaluate_expression (exp);
823 }
824 if (ex.reason < 0)
825 {
826 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
827 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
828 error to some higher catcher. */
829 switch (ex.error)
830 {
831 case MEMORY_ERROR:
832 break;
833 default:
834 throw_exception (ex);
835 break;
836 }
837 }
838
839 new_mark = value_mark ();
840 if (mark == new_mark)
841 return;
842 if (resultp)
843 *resultp = result;
844
845 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
846 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
847 if (result != NULL
848 && (!value_lazy (result) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result)))
849 *valp = result;
850
851 if (val_chain)
852 {
853 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
854 decide which addresses to watch. */
855 *val_chain = new_mark;
856 value_release_to_mark (mark);
857 }
858 }
859
860 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
861 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
862 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
863 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
864 in b->loc->cond.
865 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
866
867 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
868 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it. */
869 static void
870 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, int reparse)
871 {
872 int within_current_scope;
873 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
874 struct bp_location *loc;
875 bpstat bs;
876
877 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location_chain and
878 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
879 breakpoints if needed. */
880 b->loc = NULL;
881
882 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
883 return;
884
885 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
886 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
887 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
888 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
889 selected frame. */
890 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
891
892 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
893 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
894 within_current_scope = 1;
895 else
896 {
897 struct frame_info *fi;
898 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
899 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
900 if (within_current_scope)
901 select_frame (fi);
902 }
903
904 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
905 {
906 char *s;
907 if (b->exp)
908 {
909 xfree (b->exp);
910 b->exp = NULL;
911 }
912 s = b->exp_string;
913 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
914 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
915 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
916 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
917 be completely different objects. */
918 value_free (b->val);
919 b->val = NULL;
920 b->val_valid = 0;
921 }
922
923 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
924 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
925 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
926 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
927 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
928 if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
929 {
930 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
931
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &v, &result, &val_chain);
933
934 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
935 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
936 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
937 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
938 if (!b->val_valid)
939 {
940 b->val = v;
941 b->val_valid = 1;
942 }
943
944 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
945 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
946 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
947 if ((b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
948 && reparse)
949 {
950 int i, mem_cnt, other_type_used;
951
952 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint,
953 &other_type_used);
954 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
955
956 if (!mem_cnt)
957 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
958 else
959 {
960 int target_resources_ok = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
961 (bp_hardware_watchpoint, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
962 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
963 b->type = bp_watchpoint;
964 else
965 b->type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
966 }
967 }
968
969 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
970 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
971 {
972 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
973 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
974 must watch it. If the first value returned is
975 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
976 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
977 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
978 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
979 {
980 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
981
982 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
983 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
984 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
985 if (v == result
986 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
987 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
988 {
989 CORE_ADDR addr;
990 int len, type;
991 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
992
993 addr = value_address (v);
994 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
995 type = hw_write;
996 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
997 type = hw_read;
998 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
999 type = hw_access;
1000
1001 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
1002 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1003 ;
1004 *tmp = loc;
1005 loc->address = addr;
1006 loc->length = len;
1007 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1008 }
1009 }
1010
1011 next = value_next (v);
1012 if (v != b->val)
1013 value_free (v);
1014 }
1015
1016 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1017 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1018 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1019 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1020 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
1021 {
1022 char *s = b->cond_string;
1023 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1024 }
1025 }
1026 else if (!within_current_scope)
1027 {
1028 printf_filtered (_("\
1029 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1030 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1031 b->number);
1032 if (b->related_breakpoint)
1033 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1034 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1035 }
1036
1037 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1038 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1039 }
1040
1041
1042 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1043 inserted in the inferior. */
1044 static int
1045 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bpt)
1046 {
1047 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
1048 return 0;
1049
1050 if (bpt->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1051 return 0;
1052
1053 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->duplicate)
1054 return 0;
1055
1056 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1057 not by us. */
1058 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
1059 return 0;
1060
1061 return 1;
1062 }
1063
1064 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1065 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1066 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1067
1068 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1069 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1070 static int
1071 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
1072 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
1073 int *disabled_breaks,
1074 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
1075 {
1076 int val = 0;
1077
1078 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt) || bpt->inserted)
1079 return 0;
1080
1081 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1082 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
1083 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
1084
1085 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1086 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1087 {
1088 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
1089 {
1090 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1091 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1092 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1093 Two important cases are:
1094 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1095 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1096 hardware breakpoint.
1097 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1098 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1099 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1100
1101 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1102 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1103 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1104 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1105 struct mem_region *mr
1106 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
1107
1108 if (mr)
1109 {
1110 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
1111 {
1112 int changed = 0;
1113 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
1114
1115 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1116 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
1117 else
1118 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
1119
1120 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
1121 {
1122 static int said = 0;
1123 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
1124 if (!said)
1125 {
1126 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
1127 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1128 said = 1;
1129 }
1130 }
1131 }
1132 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1133 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
1134 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1135 paddr (bpt->address));
1136 }
1137 }
1138
1139 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1140 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1141 || bpt->section == NULL
1142 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
1143 {
1144 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1145
1146 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1147 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1148 else
1149 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1150 }
1151 else
1152 {
1153 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1154 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1155 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1156 {
1157 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1158 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1159 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1160 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1161 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1162 bpt->owner->number);
1163 else
1164 {
1165 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
1166 bpt->section);
1167 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1168 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
1169 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
1170 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
1171 if (val != 0)
1172 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1173 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1174 bpt->owner->number);
1175 }
1176 }
1177 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1178 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1179 {
1180 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1181 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1182 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1183 else
1184 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1185 }
1186 else
1187 {
1188 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1189 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1190 return 0;
1191 }
1192 }
1193
1194 if (val)
1195 {
1196 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1197 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt->address))
1198 {
1199 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1200 val = 0;
1201 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
1202 if (!*disabled_breaks)
1203 {
1204 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1205 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1206 bpt->owner->number);
1207 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1208 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1209 }
1210 *disabled_breaks = 1;
1211 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1212 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
1213 }
1214 else
1215 {
1216 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1217 {
1218 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1219 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1220 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1221 bpt->owner->number);
1222 }
1223 else
1224 {
1225 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1226 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1227 bpt->owner->number);
1228 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1229 "Error accessing memory address ");
1230 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt->address), tmp_error_stream);
1231 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1232 safe_strerror (val));
1233 }
1234
1235 }
1236 }
1237 else
1238 bpt->inserted = 1;
1239
1240 return val;
1241 }
1242
1243 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1244 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1245 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1246 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1247 {
1248 val = target_insert_watchpoint (bpt->address,
1249 bpt->length,
1250 bpt->watchpoint_type);
1251 bpt->inserted = (val != -1);
1252 }
1253
1254 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
1255 {
1256 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1257 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1258 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1259 bpt->owner->number);
1260 if (e.reason < 0)
1261 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1262 else
1263 bpt->inserted = 1;
1264
1265 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1266 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1267 so just return success. */
1268 return 0;
1269 }
1270
1271 return 0;
1272 }
1273
1274 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1275 Throws exception on any error.
1276 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1277 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1278 void
1279 insert_breakpoints (void)
1280 {
1281 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1282
1283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1284 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1285 update_watchpoint (bpt, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1286
1287 update_global_location_list (1);
1288
1289 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1290 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1291 now. */
1292 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1293 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1294 }
1295
1296 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1297 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1298 Both return zero if successful,
1299 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1300
1301 static void
1302 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1303 {
1304 struct breakpoint *bpt;
1305 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1306 int error = 0;
1307 int val = 0;
1308 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1309 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1310
1311 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1312 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1313
1314 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1315 there was an error. */
1316 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1317
1318 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1319 {
1320 if (!should_be_inserted (b) || b->inserted)
1321 continue;
1322
1323 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1324 thread no longer exists. */
1325 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1326 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1327 continue;
1328
1329 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1330 &disabled_breaks,
1331 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1332 if (val)
1333 error = val;
1334 }
1335
1336 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1337 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1338 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
1339 {
1340 int some_failed = 0;
1341 struct bp_location *loc;
1342
1343 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
1344 continue;
1345
1346 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
1347 continue;
1348
1349 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1350 continue;
1351
1352 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1353 if (!loc->inserted)
1354 {
1355 some_failed = 1;
1356 break;
1357 }
1358 if (some_failed)
1359 {
1360 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1361 if (loc->inserted)
1362 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
1363
1364 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1365 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1366 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1367 bpt->number);
1368 error = -1;
1369 }
1370 }
1371
1372 if (error)
1373 {
1374 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1375 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1376 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1377 {
1378 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1379 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1380 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1381 }
1382 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1383 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1384 }
1385
1386 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1387 }
1388
1389 int
1390 remove_breakpoints (void)
1391 {
1392 struct bp_location *b;
1393 int val;
1394
1395 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1396 {
1397 if (b->inserted)
1398 {
1399 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1400 if (val != 0)
1401 return val;
1402 }
1403 }
1404 return 0;
1405 }
1406
1407 int
1408 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1409 {
1410 struct bp_location *b;
1411 int val;
1412
1413 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1414 {
1415 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1416 {
1417 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1418 if (val != 0)
1419 return val;
1420 }
1421 }
1422 return 0;
1423 }
1424
1425 int
1426 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1427 {
1428 struct bp_location *b;
1429 int val;
1430 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1431 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1432 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
1433
1434 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1435
1436 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1437 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1438 {
1439 if (b->inserted)
1440 {
1441 b->inserted = 0;
1442 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1443 &dummy1, &dummy2);
1444 if (val != 0)
1445 {
1446 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1447 return val;
1448 }
1449 }
1450 }
1451 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1452 return 0;
1453 }
1454
1455 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
1456
1457 static struct breakpoint *
1458 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
1459 {
1460 struct symtab_and_line sal;
1461 struct breakpoint *b;
1462
1463 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
1464
1465 sal.pc = address;
1466 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
1467
1468 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
1469 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
1470 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
1471
1472 return b;
1473 }
1474
1475 static void
1476 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name, struct objfile *objfile)
1477 {
1478 struct breakpoint *b;
1479 struct minimal_symbol *m;
1480
1481 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile)) == NULL)
1482 return;
1483
1484 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
1485 bp_overlay_event);
1486 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
1487
1488 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
1489 {
1490 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
1491 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
1492 }
1493 else
1494 {
1495 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1496 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
1497 }
1498 update_global_location_list (1);
1499 }
1500
1501 void
1502 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1503 {
1504 struct breakpoint *b;
1505 struct breakpoint *temp;
1506 struct bp_location *bploc;
1507 struct objfile *objfile;
1508
1509 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1510 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1511 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1512 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1513 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1514 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1515 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1516 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1517 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc)
1518 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
1519
1520 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1521 {
1522 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1523 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1524 {
1525 delete_breakpoint (b);
1526 continue;
1527 }
1528
1529 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1530 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1531 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1532 {
1533 delete_breakpoint (b);
1534 continue;
1535 }
1536
1537 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1538 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1539 {
1540 delete_breakpoint (b);
1541 continue;
1542 }
1543
1544 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1545 after an exec. */
1546 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
1547 {
1548 delete_breakpoint (b);
1549 continue;
1550 }
1551
1552 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
1553 {
1554 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1555 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1556 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1557 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1558 continue;
1559 }
1560
1561 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1562 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1563 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1564 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1565 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1566 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1567
1568 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1569 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1570 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1571 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1572 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1573 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1574 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1575
1576 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1577 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1578 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1579 let finish_command delete it.
1580
1581 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1582 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1583 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1584 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1585 solib breakpoints.) */
1586
1587 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1588 {
1589 continue;
1590 }
1591
1592 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1593 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1594 a.out. */
1595 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1596 {
1597 delete_breakpoint (b);
1598 continue;
1599 }
1600 }
1601 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1602 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
1603 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
1604 }
1605
1606 int
1607 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1608 {
1609 struct bp_location *b;
1610 int val;
1611 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1612
1613 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1614 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1615
1616 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1617 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1618 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1619 {
1620 if (b->inserted)
1621 {
1622 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1623 if (val != 0)
1624 {
1625 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1626 return val;
1627 }
1628 }
1629 }
1630 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1631 return 0;
1632 }
1633
1634 static int
1635 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1636 {
1637 int val;
1638
1639 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1640 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1641 return 0;
1642
1643 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
1644 This should not ever happen. */
1645 gdb_assert (b->owner->type != bp_none);
1646
1647 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1648 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1649 {
1650 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1651 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1652 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1653
1654 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1655 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1656 || b->section == NULL
1657 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1658 {
1659 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1660
1661 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1662 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1663 else
1664 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1665 }
1666 else
1667 {
1668 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1669 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1670 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1671 {
1672 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1673 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1674 */
1675 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1676 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1677 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1678 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1679 else
1680 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1681 }
1682 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1683 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1684 if (b->inserted)
1685 {
1686 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1687 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1688 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1689 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1690 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1691 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1692
1693 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1694 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1695 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1696 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1697 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1698 else
1699 val = 0;
1700 }
1701 else
1702 {
1703 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1704 val = 0;
1705 }
1706 }
1707
1708 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
1709 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
1710 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
1711 if (val && solib_name_from_address (b->address))
1712 val = 0;
1713
1714 if (val)
1715 return val;
1716 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1717 }
1718 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1719 {
1720 struct value *v;
1721 struct value *n;
1722
1723 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1724 val = target_remove_watchpoint (b->address, b->length,
1725 b->watchpoint_type);
1726
1727 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1728 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1729 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1730 b->owner->number);
1731 }
1732 else if (b->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
1733 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1734 && !b->duplicate)
1735 {
1736 gdb_assert (b->owner->ops != NULL && b->owner->ops->remove != NULL);
1737
1738 val = b->owner->ops->remove (b->owner);
1739 if (val)
1740 return val;
1741 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1742 }
1743
1744 return 0;
1745 }
1746
1747 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1748
1749 void
1750 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1751 {
1752 struct bp_location *bpt;
1753
1754 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1755 bpt->inserted = 0;
1756 }
1757
1758 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1759 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1760
1761 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1762 between runs.
1763
1764 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1765 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1766 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1767
1768
1769
1770 void
1771 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1772 {
1773 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1774 struct bp_location *bpt;
1775 int ix;
1776
1777 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
1778 nothing to do. */
1779 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
1780 return;
1781
1782 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1783 if (bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1784 bpt->inserted = 0;
1785
1786 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1787 {
1788 switch (b->type)
1789 {
1790 case bp_call_dummy:
1791 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1792
1793 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1794 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1795 get rid of it.
1796
1797 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1798 delete_breakpoint (b);
1799 break;
1800
1801 case bp_watchpoint:
1802 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1803 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1804 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1805
1806 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1807 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1808 delete_breakpoint (b);
1809 else if (context == inf_starting)
1810 {
1811 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1812 in insert_breakpoints. */
1813 if (b->val)
1814 value_free (b->val);
1815 b->val = NULL;
1816 b->val_valid = 0;
1817 }
1818 break;
1819 default:
1820 break;
1821 }
1822 }
1823
1824 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
1825 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bpt); ++ix)
1826 free_bp_location (bpt);
1827 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
1828 }
1829
1830 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1831 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1832 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1833 permanent breakpoint.
1834 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1835 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1836 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1837 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1838 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1839
1840 enum breakpoint_here
1841 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1842 {
1843 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1844 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1845
1846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1847 {
1848 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1849 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1850 continue;
1851
1852 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1853 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1854 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1855 {
1856 if (overlay_debugging
1857 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1858 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1859 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1860 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1861 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1862 else
1863 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1864 }
1865 }
1866
1867 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1868 }
1869
1870 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
1871
1872 int
1873 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1874 {
1875 struct bp_location *loc;
1876 int ix;
1877
1878 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
1879 if (loc->address == pc)
1880 return 1;
1881
1882 return 0;
1883 }
1884
1885 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
1886 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain/bp_location_chain mechanism.
1887 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
1888 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
1889
1890 int
1891 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1892 {
1893 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1894
1895 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1896 {
1897 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1898 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1899 continue;
1900
1901 if (bpt->inserted
1902 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1903 {
1904 if (overlay_debugging
1905 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1906 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1907 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1908 else
1909 return 1;
1910 }
1911 }
1912 return 0;
1913 }
1914
1915 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
1916 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
1917
1918 int
1919 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1920 {
1921 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1922 return 1;
1923
1924 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1925 return 1;
1926
1927 return 0;
1928 }
1929
1930 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1931 inserted at PC. */
1932
1933 int
1934 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1935 {
1936 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1937 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1938
1939 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1940 {
1941 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1942 continue;
1943
1944 if (bpt->inserted
1945 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1946 {
1947 if (overlay_debugging
1948 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1949 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1950 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1951 else
1952 return 1;
1953 }
1954 }
1955
1956 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1957 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1958 return 1;
1959
1960 return 0;
1961 }
1962
1963 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1964 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1965
1966 int
1967 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1968 {
1969 const struct bp_location *bpt;
1970 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
1971 int thread = -1;
1972 int task = 0;
1973
1974 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1975 {
1976 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1977 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1978 continue;
1979
1980 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1981 && bpt->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
1982 continue;
1983
1984 if (bpt->address != pc)
1985 continue;
1986
1987 if (bpt->owner->thread != -1)
1988 {
1989 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
1990 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
1991 it is now time to do so. */
1992 if (thread == -1)
1993 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1994 if (bpt->owner->thread != thread)
1995 continue;
1996 }
1997
1998 if (bpt->owner->task != 0)
1999 {
2000 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2001 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2002 it is now time to do so. */
2003 if (task == 0)
2004 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
2005 if (bpt->owner->task != task)
2006 continue;
2007 }
2008
2009 if (overlay_debugging
2010 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
2011 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
2012 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2013
2014 return 1;
2015 }
2016
2017 return 0;
2018 }
2019 \f
2020
2021 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2022 in breakpoint.h. */
2023
2024 int
2025 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
2026 {
2027 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
2028 }
2029
2030 void
2031 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
2032 {
2033 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2034 value_free (bs->old_val);
2035 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2036 xfree (bs);
2037 }
2038
2039 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2040 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2041
2042 void
2043 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
2044 {
2045 bpstat p;
2046 bpstat q;
2047
2048 if (bsp == 0)
2049 return;
2050 p = *bsp;
2051 while (p != NULL)
2052 {
2053 q = p->next;
2054 bpstat_free (p);
2055 p = q;
2056 }
2057 *bsp = NULL;
2058 }
2059
2060 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2061 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2062
2063 bpstat
2064 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
2065 {
2066 bpstat p = NULL;
2067 bpstat tmp;
2068 bpstat retval = NULL;
2069
2070 if (bs == NULL)
2071 return bs;
2072
2073 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2074 {
2075 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
2076 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
2077 if (bs->commands != NULL)
2078 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2079 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2080 {
2081 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
2082 release_value (tmp->old_val);
2083 }
2084
2085 if (p == NULL)
2086 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2087 retval = tmp;
2088 else
2089 p->next = tmp;
2090 p = tmp;
2091 }
2092 p->next = NULL;
2093 return retval;
2094 }
2095
2096 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2097
2098 bpstat
2099 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
2100 {
2101 if (bsp == NULL)
2102 return NULL;
2103
2104 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2105 {
2106 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
2107 return bsp;
2108 }
2109 return NULL;
2110 }
2111
2112 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2113 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2114 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2115
2116 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2117 step_resume breakpoint.
2118
2119 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2120 struct breakpoint *
2121 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
2122 {
2123 int current_thread;
2124
2125 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
2126
2127 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
2128
2129 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2130 {
2131 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2132 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2133 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2134 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2135 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2136 }
2137
2138 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2139 }
2140
2141
2142 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2143 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2144 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2145 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2146 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2147 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2148 we set it.
2149 Return 1 otherwise. */
2150
2151 int
2152 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2153 {
2154 struct breakpoint *b;
2155
2156 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2157 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2158
2159 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2160 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2161 this function might return the same number more
2162 than once and this will look ugly. */
2163 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2164 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2165 if (b == NULL)
2166 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2167
2168 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2169 return 1;
2170 }
2171
2172 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2173
2174 void
2175 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2176 {
2177 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2178 {
2179 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2180 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2181 {
2182 value_free (bs->old_val);
2183 bs->old_val = NULL;
2184 }
2185 }
2186 }
2187
2188 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2189
2190 static void
2191 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2192 {
2193 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2194 {
2195 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
2196
2197 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2198 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2199 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2200 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2201 if (tp->in_infcall)
2202 return;
2203 }
2204
2205 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
2206 }
2207
2208 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2209 static void
2210 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2211 {
2212 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2213 }
2214
2215 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2216 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2217 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2218 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2219
2220 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2221 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2222 bpstat of the current thread. */
2223
2224 static int
2225 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
2226 {
2227 bpstat bs;
2228 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2229 int again = 0;
2230
2231 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2232 in bs->commands. */
2233 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2234 return 0;
2235
2236 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2237 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2238
2239 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2240 bs = *bsp;
2241
2242 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2243 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2244 {
2245 struct command_line *cmd;
2246 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2247
2248 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2249
2250 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2251 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2252 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2253 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2254 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2255 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2256 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2257 the tree when we're done. */
2258 cmd = bs->commands;
2259 bs->commands = 0;
2260 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2261
2262 while (cmd != NULL)
2263 {
2264 execute_control_command (cmd);
2265
2266 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2267 break;
2268 else
2269 cmd = cmd->next;
2270 }
2271
2272 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2273 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2274
2275 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2276 {
2277 if (target_can_async_p ())
2278 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2279 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2280 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2281 ;
2282 else
2283 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2284 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2285 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2286 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2287 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2288 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2289 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2290 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2291 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2292 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2293 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2294 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2295 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2296 again = 1;
2297 break;
2298 }
2299 }
2300 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2301 return again;
2302 }
2303
2304 void
2305 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2306 {
2307 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2308 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
2309 && target_has_execution
2310 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
2311 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
2312 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2313 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2314 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2315 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2316 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat))
2317 break;
2318 }
2319
2320 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2321
2322 static void
2323 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
2324 {
2325 if (val == NULL)
2326 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
2327 else
2328 {
2329 struct value_print_options opts;
2330 get_user_print_options (&opts);
2331 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
2332 }
2333 }
2334
2335 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2336 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2337 by having it set different print_it values.
2338
2339 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2340 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2341 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2342 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2343 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2344
2345 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2346 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2347 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2348 don't print anything else.
2349 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2350 that something to be followed by a location.
2351 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2352 that something to be followed by a location.
2353 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2354 analysis. */
2355
2356 static enum print_stop_action
2357 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2358 {
2359 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2360 struct breakpoint *b;
2361 const struct bp_location *bl;
2362 struct ui_stream *stb;
2363 int bp_temp = 0;
2364 enum print_stop_action result;
2365
2366 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2367 which has since been deleted. */
2368 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2369 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2370 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2371 b = bl->owner;
2372
2373 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2374 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2375
2376 switch (b->type)
2377 {
2378 case bp_breakpoint:
2379 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2380 bp_temp = bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del;
2381 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2382 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2383 bl->address,
2384 b->number, 1);
2385 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2386 if (bp_temp)
2387 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2388 else
2389 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2390 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2391 {
2392 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2393 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2394 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
2395 }
2396 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2397 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2398 result = PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2399 break;
2400
2401 case bp_shlib_event:
2402 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2403 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2404 to shlib event" message.) */
2405 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2406 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2407 break;
2408
2409 case bp_thread_event:
2410 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2411 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2412 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2413 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2414 break;
2415
2416 case bp_overlay_event:
2417 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2418 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2419 result = PRINT_NOTHING;
2420 break;
2421
2422 case bp_watchpoint:
2423 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2424 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2425 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2426 ui_out_field_string
2427 (uiout, "reason",
2428 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2429 mention (b);
2430 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2431 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2432 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2433 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2434 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2435 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2436 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2437 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2438 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2439 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2440 break;
2441
2442 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2443 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2444 ui_out_field_string
2445 (uiout, "reason",
2446 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2447 mention (b);
2448 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2449 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2450 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2451 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2452 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2453 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2454 break;
2455
2456 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2457 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2458 {
2459 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2460 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2461 ui_out_field_string
2462 (uiout, "reason",
2463 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2464 mention (b);
2465 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2466 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2467 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
2468 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2469 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2470 }
2471 else
2472 {
2473 mention (b);
2474 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2475 ui_out_field_string
2476 (uiout, "reason",
2477 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2478 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2479 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2480 }
2481 watchpoint_value_print (b->val, stb->stream);
2482 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2483 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2484 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2485 break;
2486
2487 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2488 here. */
2489
2490 case bp_finish:
2491 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2492 ui_out_field_string
2493 (uiout, "reason",
2494 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2495 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2496 break;
2497
2498 case bp_until:
2499 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2500 ui_out_field_string
2501 (uiout, "reason",
2502 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2503 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2504 break;
2505
2506 case bp_none:
2507 case bp_longjmp:
2508 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2509 case bp_step_resume:
2510 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2511 case bp_call_dummy:
2512 case bp_tracepoint:
2513 default:
2514 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2515 break;
2516 }
2517
2518 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2519 return result;
2520 }
2521
2522 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2523 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2524 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2525 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2526 normal_stop(). */
2527
2528 static enum print_stop_action
2529 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2530 {
2531 switch (bs->print_it)
2532 {
2533 case print_it_noop:
2534 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2535 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2536 break;
2537
2538 case print_it_done:
2539 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2540 relevant messages. */
2541 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2542 break;
2543
2544 case print_it_normal:
2545 {
2546 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2547 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2548
2549 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2550 print_it_typical. */
2551 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2552 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2553 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2554 else
2555 return print_it_typical (bs);
2556 }
2557 break;
2558
2559 default:
2560 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2561 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2562 break;
2563 }
2564 }
2565
2566 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2567 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2568 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2569 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2570 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2571 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2572 routine is one of:
2573
2574 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2575 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2576 code to print the location. An example is
2577 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2578 the location.
2579 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2580 to also print the location part of the message.
2581 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2582 don't require a location appended to the end.
2583 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2584 further info to be printed.*/
2585
2586 enum print_stop_action
2587 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2588 {
2589 int val;
2590
2591 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2592 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2593 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2594 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2595 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2596 {
2597 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2598 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2599 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2600 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2601 return val;
2602 }
2603
2604 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2605 with and nothing was printed. */
2606 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2607 }
2608
2609 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2610 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2611 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2612 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2613
2614 static int
2615 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2616 {
2617 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2618 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2619 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2620 return i;
2621 }
2622
2623 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2624
2625 static bpstat
2626 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2627 {
2628 bpstat bs;
2629
2630 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2631 cbs->next = bs;
2632 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2633 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2634 bs->commands = NULL;
2635 bs->old_val = NULL;
2636 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2637 return bs;
2638 }
2639 \f
2640 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
2641 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
2642
2643 int
2644 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
2645 {
2646 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
2647 CORE_ADDR addr;
2648 struct breakpoint *b;
2649
2650 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
2651 {
2652 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
2653 as not triggered. */
2654 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2655 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2656 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2657 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2658 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2659
2660 return 0;
2661 }
2662
2663 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2664 {
2665 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
2666 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
2667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2668 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2669 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2670 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2671 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
2672
2673 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
2674 }
2675
2676 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
2677 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
2678 triggered. */
2679
2680 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
2681 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2682 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2683 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2684 {
2685 struct bp_location *loc;
2686 struct value *v;
2687
2688 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
2689 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2690 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2691 sufficient. */
2692 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
2693 addr, loc->address,
2694 loc->length))
2695 {
2696 b->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
2697 break;
2698 }
2699 }
2700
2701 return 1;
2702 }
2703
2704 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2705 because of check_errors). */
2706 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2707 #define WP_DELETED 1
2708 /* The value has changed. */
2709 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2710 /* The value has not changed. */
2711 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2712
2713 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2714 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2715
2716 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2717
2718 static int
2719 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2720 {
2721 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2722 struct breakpoint *b;
2723 struct frame_info *fr;
2724 int within_current_scope;
2725
2726 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2727
2728 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2729 within_current_scope = 1;
2730 else
2731 {
2732 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2733 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2734 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2735 reinit_frame_cache ();
2736 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2737 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2738
2739 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2740 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2741 if (within_current_scope
2742 && (block_linkage_function (b->exp_valid_block)
2743 != get_frame_function (fr)))
2744 within_current_scope = 0;
2745
2746 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2747 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2748 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2749 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2750 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2751
2752 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2753 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2754 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2755 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2756 if (!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2757 {
2758 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
2759 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
2760 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
2761
2762 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
2763 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2764 }
2765 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2766 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2767 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2768 the user. */
2769 select_frame (fr);
2770 }
2771
2772 if (within_current_scope)
2773 {
2774 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2775 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2776 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2777 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2778
2779 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2780 struct value *new_val;
2781
2782 fetch_watchpoint_value (b->exp, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
2783 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
2784 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal (b->val, new_val)))
2785 {
2786 if (new_val != NULL)
2787 {
2788 release_value (new_val);
2789 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2790 }
2791 bs->old_val = b->val;
2792 b->val = new_val;
2793 b->val_valid = 1;
2794 /* We will stop here */
2795 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2796 }
2797 else
2798 {
2799 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2800 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2801 /* We won't stop here */
2802 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2803 }
2804 }
2805 else
2806 {
2807 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2808 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2809 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2810 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2811 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2812 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2813 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2814 the first value assigned). */
2815 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2816 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2817 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2818 information here. */
2819 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2820 ui_out_field_string
2821 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2822 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2823 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2824 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2825 which its expression is valid.\n");
2826
2827 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2828 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2829 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2830
2831 return WP_DELETED;
2832 }
2833 }
2834
2835 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
2836 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
2837 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
2838 static int
2839 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl, CORE_ADDR bp_addr)
2840 {
2841 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2842
2843 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2844 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2845 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2846 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2847 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2848 && b->type != bp_catchpoint) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2849 {
2850 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2851 return 0;
2852 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2853 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2854 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2855 return 0;
2856 }
2857
2858 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2859 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2860 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2861 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2862 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
2863 (did not match the data address). */
2864
2865 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2866 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2867 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2868 && b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
2869 return 0;
2870
2871 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2872 {
2873 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2874 return 0;
2875 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2876 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2877 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2878 return 0;
2879 }
2880
2881 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
2882 {
2883 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->breakpoint_hit != NULL);
2884 if (!b->ops->breakpoint_hit (b))
2885 return 0;
2886 }
2887
2888 return 1;
2889 }
2890
2891 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
2892 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
2893 to 0. */
2894 static void
2895 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
2896 {
2897 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2898 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2899
2900 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint
2901 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2902 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
2903 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2904 {
2905 CORE_ADDR addr;
2906 struct value *v;
2907 int must_check_value = 0;
2908
2909 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2910 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
2911 watched value. */
2912 must_check_value = 1;
2913 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
2914 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
2915 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
2916 this watchpoint. */
2917 must_check_value = 1;
2918 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
2919 && b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2920 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
2921 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
2922 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
2923 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
2924 must_check_value = 1;
2925
2926 if (must_check_value)
2927 {
2928 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2929 b->number);
2930 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2931 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2932 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2933 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2934 switch (e)
2935 {
2936 case WP_DELETED:
2937 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2938 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2939 /* Stop. */
2940 break;
2941 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2942 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2943 {
2944 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2945 the value has changed. This is for targets
2946 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2947 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2948 bs->stop = 0;
2949 }
2950 break;
2951 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2952 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2953 || b->type == bp_watchpoint)
2954 {
2955 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2956 the value hasn't changed. */
2957 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2958 bs->stop = 0;
2959 }
2960 /* Stop. */
2961 break;
2962 default:
2963 /* Can't happen. */
2964 case 0:
2965 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2966 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2967 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2968 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2969 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2970 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2971 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2972 break;
2973 }
2974 }
2975 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
2976 {
2977 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
2978 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
2979 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
2980 anything for this watchpoint. */
2981 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2982 bs->stop = 0;
2983 }
2984 }
2985 }
2986
2987
2988 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
2989 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
2990 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
2991 static void
2992 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
2993 {
2994 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2995 const struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2996 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
2997
2998 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2999 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3000 bs->stop = 0;
3001 else if (bs->stop)
3002 {
3003 int value_is_zero = 0;
3004
3005 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3006 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3007 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3008 iteration. */
3009 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
3010 b->related_breakpoint->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
3011
3012 if (bl->cond && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
3013 {
3014 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3015 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3016 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3017 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3018 function call. */
3019 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
3020
3021 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
3022 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
3023 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3024 value_is_zero
3025 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
3026 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3027 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
3028 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3029 value_free_to_mark (mark);
3030 }
3031 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
3032 {
3033 bs->stop = 0;
3034 }
3035 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
3036 {
3037 bs->stop = 0;
3038 }
3039 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
3040 {
3041 b->ignore_count--;
3042 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3043 bs->stop = 0;
3044 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3045 stop. */
3046 ++(b->hit_count);
3047 }
3048 }
3049 }
3050
3051
3052 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3053 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3054
3055 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3056 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3057
3058 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3059
3060 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3061
3062 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3063 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3064 several reasons concurrently.)
3065
3066 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3067 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3068
3069 bpstat
3070 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid)
3071 {
3072 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
3073 const struct bp_location *bl;
3074 struct bp_location *loc;
3075 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3076 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3077 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3078 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3079 int ix;
3080 int need_remove_insert;
3081
3082 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
3083 {
3084 b = bl->owner;
3085 gdb_assert (b);
3086 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3087 continue;
3088
3089 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3090 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3091 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3092 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3093 alrea
3094 */
3095 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
3096 continue;
3097
3098 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, bp_addr))
3099 continue;
3100
3101 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3102
3103 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3104
3105 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3106 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3107 'stop' to 0. */
3108 bs->stop = 1;
3109 bs->print = 1;
3110
3111 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
3112 if (!bs->stop)
3113 continue;
3114
3115 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
3116 /* We do not stop for these. */
3117 bs->stop = 0;
3118 else
3119 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
3120
3121 if (bs->stop)
3122 {
3123 ++(b->hit_count);
3124
3125 /* We will stop here */
3126 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
3127 {
3128 if (b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3129 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
3130 update_global_location_list (0);
3131 }
3132 if (b->silent)
3133 bs->print = 0;
3134 bs->commands = b->commands;
3135 if (bs->commands &&
3136 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
3137 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
3138 {
3139 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
3140 bs->print = 0;
3141 }
3142 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
3143 }
3144
3145 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3146 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
3147 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3148 }
3149
3150 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3151 {
3152 if (loc->address == bp_addr)
3153 {
3154 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, bs);
3155 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3156 bs->stop = 0;
3157 bs->print = 0;
3158 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
3159 }
3160 }
3161
3162 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
3163 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3164
3165 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3166 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3167 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3168 done later. */
3169 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3170 if (bs->stop)
3171 break;
3172
3173 need_remove_insert = 0;
3174 if (bs == NULL)
3175 for (bs = root_bs->next; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3176 if (!bs->stop
3177 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
3178 && (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
3179 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3180 || bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
3181 {
3182 /* remove/insert can invalidate bs->breakpoint_at, if this
3183 location is no longer used by the watchpoint. Prevent
3184 further code from trying to use it. */
3185 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
3186 need_remove_insert = 1;
3187 }
3188
3189 if (need_remove_insert)
3190 {
3191 remove_breakpoints ();
3192 insert_breakpoints ();
3193 }
3194
3195 return root_bs->next;
3196 }
3197 \f
3198 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3199 struct bpstat_what
3200 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3201 {
3202 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3203 enum class
3204 {
3205 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3206 no_effect = 0,
3207
3208 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3209 wp_silent,
3210
3211 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3212 wp_noisy,
3213
3214 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3215 bp_nostop,
3216
3217 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3218 bp_silent,
3219
3220 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3221 bp_noisy,
3222
3223 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3224 long_jump,
3225
3226 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3227 long_resume,
3228
3229 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3230 step_resume,
3231
3232 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3233 shlib_event,
3234
3235 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3236 class_last
3237 };
3238
3239 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3240 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3241 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3242 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3243 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3244 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3245 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3246 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3247 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3248 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3249 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3250
3251 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3252 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3253 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3254 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3255
3256 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3257 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3258 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3259 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3260 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3261 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3262 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3263
3264 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3265 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3266 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3267 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3268 ordering is:
3269
3270 kc < clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3271 sgl < shl slr sn sr ss
3272 slr < err shl sn sr ss
3273 clr < err shl sn sr ss
3274 ss < shl sn sr
3275 sn < shl sr
3276 shl < sr
3277 sr <
3278
3279 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3280 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3281 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3282 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3283 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3284
3285 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3286 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3287 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3288
3289 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3290 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3291 {
3292 /* old action */
3293 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl
3294 */
3295 /*no_effect */
3296 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, sr, shl},
3297 /*wp_silent */
3298 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3299 /*wp_noisy */
3300 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3301 /*bp_nostop */
3302 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, slr, sr, shl},
3303 /*bp_silent */
3304 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl},
3305 /*bp_noisy */
3306 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl},
3307 /*long_jump */
3308 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, sr, shl},
3309 /*long_resume */
3310 {clr, ss, sn, err, err, err, sr, shl},
3311 /*step_resume */
3312 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3313 /*shlib */
3314 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl}
3315 };
3316
3317 #undef kc
3318 #undef ss
3319 #undef sn
3320 #undef sgl
3321 #undef slr
3322 #undef clr
3323 #undef err
3324 #undef sr
3325 #undef ts
3326 #undef shl
3327 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3328 struct bpstat_what retval;
3329
3330 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3331 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3332 {
3333 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3334 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3335 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3336 which has since been deleted. */
3337 continue;
3338 if (bs->breakpoint_at->owner == NULL)
3339 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3340 else
3341 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3342 {
3343 case bp_none:
3344 continue;
3345
3346 case bp_breakpoint:
3347 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3348 case bp_until:
3349 case bp_finish:
3350 if (bs->stop)
3351 {
3352 if (bs->print)
3353 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3354 else
3355 bs_class = bp_silent;
3356 }
3357 else
3358 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3359 break;
3360 case bp_watchpoint:
3361 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3362 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3363 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3364 if (bs->stop)
3365 {
3366 if (bs->print)
3367 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3368 else
3369 bs_class = wp_silent;
3370 }
3371 else
3372 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3373 This requires no further action. */
3374 bs_class = no_effect;
3375 break;
3376 case bp_longjmp:
3377 bs_class = long_jump;
3378 break;
3379 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3380 bs_class = long_resume;
3381 break;
3382 case bp_step_resume:
3383 if (bs->stop)
3384 {
3385 bs_class = step_resume;
3386 }
3387 else
3388 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3389 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3390 break;
3391 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3392 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3393 break;
3394 case bp_shlib_event:
3395 bs_class = shlib_event;
3396 break;
3397 case bp_thread_event:
3398 case bp_overlay_event:
3399 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3400 break;
3401 case bp_catchpoint:
3402 if (bs->stop)
3403 {
3404 if (bs->print)
3405 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3406 else
3407 bs_class = bp_silent;
3408 }
3409 else
3410 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3411 This requires no further action. */
3412 bs_class = no_effect;
3413 break;
3414 case bp_call_dummy:
3415 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3416 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3417 bs_class = bp_silent;
3418 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3419 break;
3420 case bp_tracepoint:
3421 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3422 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3423 out already. */
3424 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3425 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3426 break;
3427 }
3428 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3429 }
3430 retval.main_action = current_action;
3431 return retval;
3432 }
3433
3434 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3435 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3436 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3437
3438 int
3439 bpstat_should_step (void)
3440 {
3441 struct breakpoint *b;
3442 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3443 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
3444 return 1;
3445 return 0;
3446 }
3447
3448 \f
3449
3450 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3451 struct bp_location *loc,
3452 char *wrap_indent,
3453 struct ui_stream *stb)
3454 {
3455 if (b->source_file)
3456 {
3457 struct symbol *sym
3458 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3459 if (sym)
3460 {
3461 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3462 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3463 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3464 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3465 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3466 }
3467 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3468 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3469
3470 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3471 {
3472 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3473 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3474
3475 if (fullname)
3476 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3477 }
3478
3479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3480 }
3481 else if (!b->loc)
3482 {
3483 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3484 }
3485 else
3486 {
3487 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3488 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3489 }
3490 }
3491
3492 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3493 static void
3494 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3495 struct bp_location *loc,
3496 int loc_number,
3497 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3498 {
3499 struct command_line *l;
3500 struct symbol *sym;
3501 struct ep_type_description
3502 {
3503 enum bptype type;
3504 char *description;
3505 };
3506 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3507 {
3508 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3509 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3510 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3511 {bp_until, "until"},
3512 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3513 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3514 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3515 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3516 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3517 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3518 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3519 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3520 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3521 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3522 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3523 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3524 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3525 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
3526 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
3527 };
3528
3529 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3530 char wrap_indent[80];
3531 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3532 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3533 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3534
3535 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3536 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3537 struct value_print_options opts;
3538
3539 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3540
3541 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3542 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3543 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3544 location. */
3545 if (loc == NULL
3546 && (b->loc != NULL
3547 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3548 header_of_multiple = 1;
3549 if (loc == NULL)
3550 loc = b->loc;
3551
3552 annotate_record ();
3553 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3554
3555 /* 1 */
3556 annotate_field (0);
3557 if (part_of_multiple)
3558 {
3559 char *formatted;
3560 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3561 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3562 xfree (formatted);
3563 }
3564 else
3565 {
3566 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3567 }
3568
3569 /* 2 */
3570 annotate_field (1);
3571 if (part_of_multiple)
3572 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3573 else
3574 {
3575 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3576 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3577 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3578 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3579 (int) b->type);
3580 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3581 }
3582
3583 /* 3 */
3584 annotate_field (2);
3585 if (part_of_multiple)
3586 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3587 else
3588 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
3589
3590
3591 /* 4 */
3592 annotate_field (3);
3593 if (part_of_multiple)
3594 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
3595 else
3596 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
3597 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
3598 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
3599
3600
3601 /* 5 and 6 */
3602 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3603 if (opts.addressprint)
3604 {
3605 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3606 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3607 else
3608 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3609 }
3610
3611 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3612 {
3613 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3614 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3615 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3616 just one location. */
3617 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3618 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3619 }
3620 else
3621 switch (b->type)
3622 {
3623 case bp_none:
3624 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3625 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3626 break;
3627
3628 case bp_watchpoint:
3629 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3630 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3631 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3632 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3633 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3634 is relatively readable). */
3635 if (opts.addressprint)
3636 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3637 annotate_field (5);
3638 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exp_string);
3639 break;
3640
3641 case bp_breakpoint:
3642 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3643 case bp_until:
3644 case bp_finish:
3645 case bp_longjmp:
3646 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3647 case bp_step_resume:
3648 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3649 case bp_call_dummy:
3650 case bp_shlib_event:
3651 case bp_thread_event:
3652 case bp_overlay_event:
3653 case bp_tracepoint:
3654 if (opts.addressprint)
3655 {
3656 annotate_field (4);
3657 if (header_of_multiple)
3658 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3659 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
3660 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3661 else
3662 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3663 }
3664 annotate_field (5);
3665 if (!header_of_multiple)
3666 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3667 if (b->loc)
3668 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3669 break;
3670 }
3671
3672 if (!part_of_multiple)
3673 {
3674 if (b->thread != -1)
3675 {
3676 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3677 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3678 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3679 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3680 }
3681 else if (b->task != 0)
3682 {
3683 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
3684 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
3685 }
3686 }
3687
3688 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3689
3690 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3691 {
3692 annotate_field (6);
3693 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3694 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3695 the frame ID. */
3696 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3698 }
3699
3700 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3701 {
3702 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3703 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3704 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3705 annotate_field (7);
3706 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint)
3707 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
3708 else
3709 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3710 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3711 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3712 }
3713
3714 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3715 {
3716 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3717 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3719 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3720 }
3721
3722 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
3723 {
3724 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3725 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3726 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3727 else
3728 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3729 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3730 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3731 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3732 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3733 else
3734 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3735 }
3736
3737 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3738 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3739 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3740 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
3741 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3742
3743 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3744 {
3745 annotate_field (8);
3746 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3747 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3748 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3749 }
3750
3751 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3752 {
3753 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3754
3755 annotate_field (9);
3756 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3757 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3758 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3759 }
3760
3761 if (!part_of_multiple && b->pass_count)
3762 {
3763 annotate_field (10);
3764 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
3765 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", b->pass_count);
3766 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3767 }
3768
3769 if (!part_of_multiple && b->step_count)
3770 {
3771 annotate_field (11);
3772 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstep count ");
3773 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "step", b->step_count);
3774 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
3775 }
3776
3777 if (!part_of_multiple && b->actions)
3778 {
3779 struct action_line *action;
3780 annotate_field (12);
3781 for (action = b->actions; action; action = action->next)
3782 {
3783 ui_out_text (uiout, " A\t");
3784 ui_out_text (uiout, action->action);
3785 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3786 }
3787 }
3788
3789 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
3790 {
3791 if (b->addr_string)
3792 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
3793 else if (b->exp_string)
3794 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->exp_string);
3795 }
3796
3797 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3798 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3799 }
3800
3801 static void
3802 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3803 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3804 {
3805 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3806
3807 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3808 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3809 locations, if any. */
3810 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3811 {
3812 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3813 disabled, we print it as if it had
3814 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3815 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3816 situation.
3817 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
3818 several locations internally, that's no a property
3819 exposed to user. */
3820 if (b->loc
3821 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
3822 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3823 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3824 {
3825 struct bp_location *loc;
3826 int n = 1;
3827 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3828 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3829 }
3830 }
3831 }
3832
3833
3834 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3835 {
3836 int bnum;
3837 };
3838
3839 static int
3840 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3841 {
3842 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3843 struct breakpoint *b;
3844 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3845 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3846 {
3847 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3848 {
3849 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3850 return GDB_RC_OK;
3851 }
3852 }
3853 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3854 }
3855
3856 enum gdb_rc
3857 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3858 {
3859 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3860 args.bnum = bnum;
3861 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3862 an error. */
3863 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3864 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3865 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3866 else
3867 return GDB_RC_OK;
3868 }
3869
3870 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3871 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3872
3873 static int
3874 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3875 {
3876 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3877 || b->type == bp_catchpoint
3878 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3879 || b->type == bp_tracepoint
3880 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3881 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3882 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3883 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3884 }
3885
3886 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3887 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3888 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3889
3890 static void
3891 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3892 {
3893 struct breakpoint *b;
3894 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3895 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3896 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3897 struct value_print_options opts;
3898
3899 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3900
3901 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3902 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3903 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3904 if (bnum == -1
3905 || bnum == b->number)
3906 {
3907 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3908 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3909 }
3910
3911 if (opts.addressprint)
3912 bkpttbl_chain
3913 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3914 "BreakpointTable");
3915 else
3916 bkpttbl_chain
3917 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3918 "BreakpointTable");
3919
3920 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3921 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3922 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3923 annotate_field (0);
3924 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3925 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3926 annotate_field (1);
3927 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3928 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3929 annotate_field (2);
3930 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3931 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3932 annotate_field (3);
3933 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3934 if (opts.addressprint)
3935 {
3936 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3937 annotate_field (4);
3938 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3939 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3940 else
3941 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3942 }
3943 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3944 annotate_field (5);
3945 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3946 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3947 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3948 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3949
3950 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3951 if (bnum == -1
3952 || bnum == b->number)
3953 {
3954 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3955 allflag is set. */
3956 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3957 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3958 }
3959
3960 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3961
3962 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3963 {
3964 if (bnum == -1)
3965 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3966 else
3967 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3968 bnum);
3969 }
3970 else
3971 {
3972 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3973 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3974 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3975 set_next_address (current_gdbarch, last_addr);
3976 }
3977
3978 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3979 there have been breakpoints? */
3980 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3981 }
3982
3983 static void
3984 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3985 {
3986 int bnum = -1;
3987
3988 if (bnum_exp)
3989 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3990
3991 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3992 }
3993
3994 static void
3995 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3996 {
3997 int bnum = -1;
3998
3999 if (bnum_exp)
4000 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
4001
4002 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
4003 }
4004
4005 static int
4006 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
4007 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
4008 {
4009 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
4010 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4011 {
4012 if (bl->address == pc
4013 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
4014 return 1;
4015 }
4016 return 0;
4017 }
4018
4019 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
4020
4021 static void
4022 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section,
4023 int thread)
4024 {
4025 int others = 0;
4026 struct breakpoint *b;
4027
4028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4029 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
4030 if (others > 0)
4031 {
4032 if (others == 1)
4033 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4034 else /* if (others == ???) */
4035 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4036 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4037 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
4038 {
4039 others--;
4040 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
4041 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
4042 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4043 else if (b->thread != -1)
4044 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
4045 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4046 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
4047 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
4048 ? " (disabled)"
4049 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
4050 ? " (permanent)"
4051 : ""),
4052 (others > 1) ? ","
4053 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4054 }
4055 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4056 fputs_filtered (paddress (pc), gdb_stdout);
4057 printf_filtered (".\n");
4058 }
4059 }
4060 \f
4061 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4062 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4063
4064 void
4065 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4066 int line)
4067 {
4068 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4069 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4070 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4071 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4072 }
4073
4074 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4075 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4076 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4077 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4078
4079 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4080 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4081 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4082 breakpoint at address zero:
4083
4084 bp_watchpoint
4085 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4086 bp_read_watchpoint
4087 bp_access_watchpoint
4088 bp_catchpoint */
4089
4090 static int
4091 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4092 {
4093 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4094
4095 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4096 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4097 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4098 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4099 && type != bp_catchpoint);
4100 }
4101
4102 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4103 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4104 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4105 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4106 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4107
4108 static void
4109 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, struct obj_section *section)
4110 {
4111 struct bp_location *b;
4112 int count = 0;
4113 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4114
4115 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4116 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4117 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4118 && b->enabled
4119 && !b->shlib_disabled
4120 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4121 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4122 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4123 {
4124 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4125 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4126 {
4127 perm_bp = b;
4128 break;
4129 }
4130
4131 count++;
4132 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4133 }
4134
4135 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4136 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there (except
4137 other permanent breakpoints) to be the duplicates. */
4138 if (perm_bp)
4139 {
4140 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4141
4142 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4143 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4144 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4145 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4146 "actually inserted"));
4147
4148 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4149 if (b != perm_bp)
4150 {
4151 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent
4152 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4153 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4154 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4155 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4156 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4157 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4158 {
4159 if (b->inserted)
4160 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4161 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4162 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4163
4164 b->duplicate = 1;
4165 }
4166 }
4167 }
4168 }
4169
4170 static void
4171 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4172 {
4173 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4174
4175 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4176 return;
4177
4178 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4179 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4180 }
4181
4182 static void
4183 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4184 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4185 {
4186 char astr1[40];
4187 char astr2[40];
4188
4189 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4190 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4191 if (have_bnum)
4192 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4193 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4194 else
4195 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4196 }
4197
4198 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4199 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4200 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4201 this function is simply the identity function. */
4202
4203 static CORE_ADDR
4204 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4205 {
4206 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4207 {
4208 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4209 return bpaddr;
4210 }
4211 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4212 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4213 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4214 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4215 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
4216 {
4217 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4218 have their addresses modified. */
4219 return bpaddr;
4220 }
4221 else
4222 {
4223 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4224
4225 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4226 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4227 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4228 bpaddr);
4229
4230 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4231 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4232 is required. */
4233 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4234 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4235
4236 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4237 }
4238 }
4239
4240 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4241
4242 static struct bp_location *
4243 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4244 {
4245 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4246
4247 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4248 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4249
4250 loc->owner = bpt;
4251 loc->cond = NULL;
4252 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4253 loc->enabled = 1;
4254
4255 switch (bpt->type)
4256 {
4257 case bp_breakpoint:
4258 case bp_tracepoint:
4259 case bp_until:
4260 case bp_finish:
4261 case bp_longjmp:
4262 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4263 case bp_step_resume:
4264 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4265 case bp_call_dummy:
4266 case bp_shlib_event:
4267 case bp_thread_event:
4268 case bp_overlay_event:
4269 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4270 break;
4271 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4272 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4273 break;
4274 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4275 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4276 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4277 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4278 break;
4279 case bp_watchpoint:
4280 case bp_catchpoint:
4281 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4282 break;
4283 default:
4284 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4285 }
4286
4287 return loc;
4288 }
4289
4290 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4291 {
4292 if (loc->cond)
4293 xfree (loc->cond);
4294
4295 if (loc->function_name)
4296 xfree (loc->function_name);
4297
4298 xfree (loc);
4299 }
4300
4301 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4302 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4303
4304 static struct breakpoint *
4305 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4306 {
4307 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4308
4309 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4310 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4311
4312 b->type = bptype;
4313 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4314 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4315 b->thread = -1;
4316 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4317 b->next = 0;
4318 b->silent = 0;
4319 b->ignore_count = 0;
4320 b->commands = NULL;
4321 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4322 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4323 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4324 b->ops = NULL;
4325 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4326
4327 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4328 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4329 of increasing numbers. */
4330
4331 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4332 if (b1 == 0)
4333 breakpoint_chain = b;
4334 else
4335 {
4336 while (b1->next)
4337 b1 = b1->next;
4338 b1->next = b;
4339 }
4340 return b;
4341 }
4342
4343 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4344 static void
4345 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4346 {
4347 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4348 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
4349 || loc->owner->type == bp_tracepoint)
4350 {
4351 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4352 NULL, NULL);
4353 if (loc->function_name)
4354 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4355 }
4356 }
4357
4358 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4359 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4360 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4361 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4362 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4363 is also returned as the value of this function.
4364
4365 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4366 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4367 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4368 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4369 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4370 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4371 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4372
4373 struct breakpoint *
4374 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4375 {
4376 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4377 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4378
4379 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4380 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4381 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4382 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4383 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4384 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4385 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, b->type);
4386
4387 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
4388 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4389 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4390
4391 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4392 b->source_file = NULL;
4393 else
4394 b->source_file = xstrdup (sal.symtab->filename);
4395 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4396 b->line_number = sal.line;
4397
4398 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4399
4400 breakpoints_changed ();
4401
4402 return b;
4403 }
4404
4405
4406 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4407 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4408 void
4409 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4410 {
4411 struct bp_location *bl;
4412 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4413
4414 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4415 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4416 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4417 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4418 but it's easy to implmement. */
4419 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4420 bl->inserted = 1;
4421 }
4422
4423 static void
4424 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4425 {
4426 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4427
4428 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4429 return;
4430 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4431 update_global_location_list (1);
4432 }
4433
4434 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4435 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4436 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4437
4438 void
4439 set_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4440 {
4441 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
4442 {
4443 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
4444 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
4445 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
4446 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
4447 }
4448 }
4449
4450 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
4451 void
4452 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
4453 {
4454 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4455
4456 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4457 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4458 {
4459 if (b->thread == thread)
4460 delete_breakpoint (b);
4461 }
4462 }
4463
4464 void
4465 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4466 {
4467 struct breakpoint *b;
4468
4469 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4470 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4471 {
4472 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4473 update_global_location_list (1);
4474 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4475 }
4476 }
4477
4478 void
4479 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4480 {
4481 struct breakpoint *b;
4482
4483 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4484 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4485 {
4486 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4487 update_global_location_list (0);
4488 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4489 }
4490 }
4491
4492 struct breakpoint *
4493 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4494 {
4495 struct breakpoint *b;
4496
4497 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4498
4499 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4500 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4501 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4502
4503 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4504
4505 return b;
4506 }
4507
4508 void
4509 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4510 {
4511 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4512
4513 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4514 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4515 delete_breakpoint (b);
4516 }
4517
4518 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4519 {
4520 char **arg_p;
4521 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4522 char ***addr_string_p;
4523 int *not_found_ptr;
4524 };
4525
4526 struct lang_and_radix
4527 {
4528 enum language lang;
4529 int radix;
4530 };
4531
4532
4533 void
4534 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4535 {
4536 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4537
4538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4539 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4540 delete_breakpoint (b);
4541 }
4542
4543 struct breakpoint *
4544 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4545 {
4546 struct breakpoint *b;
4547
4548 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4549 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
4550 return b;
4551 }
4552
4553 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4554 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4555
4556 void
4557 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4558 {
4559 struct bp_location *loc;
4560
4561 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4562 {
4563 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4564 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4565 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4566 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4567 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4568 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4569 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
4570 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4571 || (b->type == bp_tracepoint))
4572 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4573 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4574 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4575 #else
4576 && solib_name_from_address (loc->address)
4577 #endif
4578 )
4579 {
4580 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4581 }
4582 }
4583 }
4584
4585 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4586 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4587
4588 static void
4589 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4590 {
4591 struct bp_location *loc;
4592 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4593
4594 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
4595 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
4596 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
4597 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
4598 if (exec_bfd != NULL
4599 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
4600 return;
4601
4602 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4603 {
4604 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4605 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4606 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4607 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4608 && (b->type == bp_breakpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4609 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
4610 {
4611 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4612 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4613 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4614 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4615 loc->inserted = 0;
4616 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4617 {
4618 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4619 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4620 solib->so_name);
4621 }
4622 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4623 }
4624 }
4625 }
4626
4627 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
4628
4629 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4630
4631 static void
4632 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4633 {
4634 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4635 }
4636
4637 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4638
4639 static int
4640 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4641 {
4642 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4643 }
4644
4645 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4646 catchpoints. */
4647
4648 static int
4649 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4650 {
4651 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4652 }
4653
4654 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4655
4656 static enum print_stop_action
4657 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4658 {
4659 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4660 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
4661 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4662 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4663 }
4664
4665 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
4666
4667 static void
4668 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4669 {
4670 struct value_print_options opts;
4671
4672 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4673
4674 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4675 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4676 is relatively readable). */
4677 if (opts.addressprint)
4678 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4679 annotate_field (5);
4680 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
4681 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4682 {
4683 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4684 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4685 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4686 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4687 }
4688 }
4689
4690 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
4691 catchpoints. */
4692
4693 static void
4694 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
4695 {
4696 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
4697 }
4698
4699 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
4700
4701 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops =
4702 {
4703 insert_catch_fork,
4704 remove_catch_fork,
4705 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork,
4706 print_it_catch_fork,
4707 print_one_catch_fork,
4708 print_mention_catch_fork
4709 };
4710
4711 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4712
4713 static void
4714 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4715 {
4716 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4717 }
4718
4719 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4720
4721 static int
4722 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4723 {
4724 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4725 }
4726
4727 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4728 catchpoints. */
4729
4730 static int
4731 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4732 {
4733 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid, &b->forked_inferior_pid);
4734 }
4735
4736 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4737
4738 static enum print_stop_action
4739 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4740 {
4741 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4742 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
4743 b->number, ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4744 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4745 }
4746
4747 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
4748
4749 static void
4750 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4751 {
4752 struct value_print_options opts;
4753
4754 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4755 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4756 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4757 is relatively readable). */
4758 if (opts.addressprint)
4759 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4760 annotate_field (5);
4761 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
4762 if (!ptid_equal (b->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
4763 {
4764 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
4765 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
4766 ptid_get_pid (b->forked_inferior_pid));
4767 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
4768 }
4769 }
4770
4771 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
4772 catchpoints. */
4773
4774 static void
4775 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
4776 {
4777 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
4778 }
4779
4780 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
4781
4782 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops =
4783 {
4784 insert_catch_vfork,
4785 remove_catch_vfork,
4786 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork,
4787 print_it_catch_vfork,
4788 print_one_catch_vfork,
4789 print_mention_catch_vfork
4790 };
4791
4792 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
4793
4794 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
4795 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
4796 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
4797 to the catchpoint. */
4798
4799 static struct breakpoint *
4800 create_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4801 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4802 {
4803 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4804 struct breakpoint *b;
4805
4806 init_sal (&sal);
4807 sal.pc = 0;
4808 sal.symtab = NULL;
4809 sal.line = 0;
4810
4811 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catchpoint);
4812 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4813 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4814
4815 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
4816 b->thread = -1;
4817 b->addr_string = NULL;
4818 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4819 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4820 b->ops = ops;
4821
4822 mention (b);
4823 update_global_location_list (1);
4824
4825 return b;
4826 }
4827
4828 static void
4829 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4830 struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
4831 {
4832 struct breakpoint *b = create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ops);
4833
4834 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
4835 area. */
4836 b->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
4837 }
4838
4839 /* Exec catchpoints. */
4840
4841 static void
4842 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4843 {
4844 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4845 }
4846
4847 static int
4848 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4849 {
4850 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
4851 }
4852
4853 static int
4854 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4855 {
4856 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid, &b->exec_pathname);
4857 }
4858
4859 static enum print_stop_action
4860 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4861 {
4862 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
4863 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b->number,
4864 b->exec_pathname);
4865 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
4866 }
4867
4868 static void
4869 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
4870 {
4871 struct value_print_options opts;
4872
4873 get_user_print_options (&opts);
4874
4875 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4876 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4877 is relatively readable). */
4878 if (opts.addressprint)
4879 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
4880 annotate_field (5);
4881 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
4882 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
4883 {
4884 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
4885 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
4886 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
4887 }
4888 }
4889
4890 static void
4891 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
4892 {
4893 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
4894 }
4895
4896 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops =
4897 {
4898 insert_catch_exec,
4899 remove_catch_exec,
4900 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec,
4901 print_it_catch_exec,
4902 print_one_catch_exec,
4903 print_mention_catch_exec
4904 };
4905
4906 static int
4907 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4908 {
4909 struct breakpoint *b;
4910 int i = 0;
4911
4912 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4913 {
4914 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4915 i++;
4916 }
4917
4918 return i;
4919 }
4920
4921 static int
4922 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4923 {
4924 struct breakpoint *b;
4925 int i = 0;
4926
4927 *other_type_used = 0;
4928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4929 {
4930 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4931 {
4932 if (b->type == type)
4933 i++;
4934 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4935 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4936 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4937 *other_type_used = 1;
4938 }
4939 }
4940 return i;
4941 }
4942
4943 void
4944 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4945 {
4946 struct breakpoint *b;
4947
4948 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4949 {
4950 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4951 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4952 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4953 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4954 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4955 {
4956 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4957 update_global_location_list (0);
4958 }
4959 }
4960 }
4961
4962 void
4963 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4964 {
4965 struct breakpoint *b;
4966
4967 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4968 {
4969 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4970 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4971 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4972 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4973 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4974 {
4975 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4976 update_global_location_list (1);
4977 }
4978 }
4979 }
4980
4981
4982 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4983 at address specified by SAL.
4984 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4985
4986 struct breakpoint *
4987 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4988 enum bptype type)
4989 {
4990 struct breakpoint *b;
4991 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4992 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4993 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4994 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4995
4996 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4997 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4998 single thread of control. */
4999 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
5000 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
5001
5002 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5003
5004 return b;
5005 }
5006
5007 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5008 ORIG is NULL. */
5009
5010 struct breakpoint *
5011 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
5012 {
5013 struct breakpoint *copy;
5014
5015 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5016 if (orig == NULL)
5017 return NULL;
5018
5019 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->type);
5020 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
5021 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc);
5022
5023 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
5024 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
5025 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
5026
5027 if (orig->source_file == NULL)
5028 copy->source_file = NULL;
5029 else
5030 copy->source_file = xstrdup (orig->source_file);
5031
5032 copy->line_number = orig->line_number;
5033 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
5034 copy->thread = orig->thread;
5035
5036 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5037 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5038 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
5039
5040 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5041 return copy;
5042 }
5043
5044 struct breakpoint *
5045 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (CORE_ADDR pc, enum bptype type)
5046 {
5047 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5048
5049 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
5050 sal.pc = pc;
5051 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
5052 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5053
5054 return set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, type);
5055 }
5056 \f
5057
5058 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5059
5060 static void
5061 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
5062 {
5063 int say_where = 0;
5064 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
5065 struct value_print_options opts;
5066
5067 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5068
5069 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5070 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5071 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5072 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5073 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b->number);
5074
5075 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
5076 b->ops->print_mention (b);
5077 else
5078 switch (b->type)
5079 {
5080 case bp_none:
5081 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
5082 break;
5083 case bp_watchpoint:
5084 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
5085 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5086 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5087 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5088 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5089 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5090 break;
5091 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5092 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
5093 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
5094 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5095 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5096 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5097 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5098 break;
5099 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5100 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
5101 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
5102 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5103 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5104 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5105 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5106 break;
5107 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5108 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
5109 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
5110 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5111 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
5112 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", b->exp_string);
5113 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
5114 break;
5115 case bp_breakpoint:
5116 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5117 {
5118 say_where = 0;
5119 break;
5120 }
5121 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
5122 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
5123 else
5124 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
5125 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5126 say_where = 1;
5127 break;
5128 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5129 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5130 {
5131 say_where = 0;
5132 break;
5133 }
5134 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5135 say_where = 1;
5136 break;
5137 case bp_tracepoint:
5138 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5139 {
5140 say_where = 0;
5141 break;
5142 }
5143 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
5144 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
5145 say_where = 1;
5146 break;
5147
5148 case bp_until:
5149 case bp_finish:
5150 case bp_longjmp:
5151 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5152 case bp_step_resume:
5153 case bp_call_dummy:
5154 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5155 case bp_shlib_event:
5156 case bp_thread_event:
5157 case bp_overlay_event:
5158 break;
5159 }
5160
5161 if (say_where)
5162 {
5163 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5164 single string. */
5165 if (b->loc == NULL)
5166 {
5167 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5168 }
5169 else
5170 {
5171 if (opts.addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5172 {
5173 printf_filtered (" at ");
5174 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->address), gdb_stdout);
5175 }
5176 if (b->source_file)
5177 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5178 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5179
5180 if (b->loc->next)
5181 {
5182 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5183 int n = 0;
5184 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5185 ++n;
5186 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5187 }
5188
5189 }
5190 }
5191 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5192 return;
5193 printf_filtered ("\n");
5194 }
5195 \f
5196
5197 static struct bp_location *
5198 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5199 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5200 {
5201 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5202
5203 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
5204 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5205 ;
5206 *tmp = loc;
5207 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5208 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address, b->type);
5209 loc->section = sal->section;
5210
5211 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5212 return loc;
5213 }
5214 \f
5215
5216 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
5217 return 0 otherwise. */
5218
5219 static int
5220 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
5221 {
5222 int len;
5223 CORE_ADDR addr;
5224 const gdb_byte *brk;
5225 gdb_byte *target_mem;
5226 struct cleanup *cleanup;
5227 int retval = 0;
5228
5229 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
5230
5231 addr = loc->address;
5232 brk = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &addr, &len);
5233
5234 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
5235 if (brk == NULL)
5236 return 0;
5237
5238 target_mem = alloca (len);
5239
5240 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
5241 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
5242 breakpoints they are permanent. */
5243 cleanup = make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
5244
5245 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
5246 && memcmp (target_mem, brk, len) == 0)
5247 retval = 1;
5248
5249 do_cleanups (cleanup);
5250
5251 return retval;
5252 }
5253
5254
5255
5256 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5257 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5258 as condition expression. */
5259
5260 static void
5261 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5262 char *cond_string,
5263 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5264 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5265 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty, int enabled)
5266 {
5267 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5268 int i;
5269
5270 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5271 {
5272 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5273 int target_resources_ok =
5274 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5275 i + 1, 0);
5276 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5277 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5278 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5279 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5280 }
5281
5282 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5283 {
5284 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5285 struct bp_location *loc;
5286
5287 if (from_tty)
5288 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5289
5290 if (i == 0)
5291 {
5292 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5293 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5294 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5295 b->thread = thread;
5296 b->task = task;
5297
5298 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5299 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5300 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5301 b->disposition = disposition;
5302
5303 loc = b->loc;
5304 }
5305 else
5306 {
5307 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
5308 }
5309
5310 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
5311 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
5312
5313 if (b->cond_string)
5314 {
5315 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5316 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
5317 if (*arg)
5318 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5319 }
5320 }
5321
5322 if (addr_string)
5323 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5324 else
5325 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5326 me. */
5327 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5328
5329 b->ops = ops;
5330 mention (b);
5331 }
5332
5333 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
5334 elements to fill the void space. */
5335 static void
5336 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines *sal, int index_to_remove)
5337 {
5338 int i = index_to_remove+1;
5339 int last_index = sal->nelts-1;
5340
5341 for (;i <= last_index; ++i)
5342 sal->sals[i-1] = sal->sals[i];
5343
5344 --(sal->nelts);
5345 }
5346
5347 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond
5348 to the same file and line as SAL. This is done
5349 only if SAL does not have explicit PC and has
5350 line and file information. If we got just a single
5351 expanded sal, return the original.
5352
5353 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out
5354 all sals for which the name of enclosing function
5355 is different from SAL. This makes sure that if we have
5356 breakpoint originally set in template instantiation, say
5357 foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at the same
5358 line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'.
5359
5360 */
5361 static struct symtabs_and_lines
5362 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal)
5363 {
5364 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
5365 CORE_ADDR original_pc = sal.pc;
5366 char *original_function = NULL;
5367 int found;
5368 int i;
5369
5370 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
5371 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
5372 if (sal.explicit_pc || sal.line == 0 || sal.symtab == NULL)
5373 {
5374 expanded.nelts = 1;
5375 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5376 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5377 return expanded;
5378 }
5379
5380 sal.pc = 0;
5381 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc, &original_function, NULL, NULL);
5382
5383 expanded = expand_line_sal (sal);
5384 if (expanded.nelts == 1)
5385 {
5386 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
5387 processing, just return the original sal. */
5388 xfree (expanded.sals);
5389 expanded.nelts = 1;
5390 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5391 sal.pc = original_pc;
5392 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5393 return expanded;
5394 }
5395
5396 if (!sal.explicit_line)
5397 {
5398 CORE_ADDR func_addr, func_end;
5399 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5400 {
5401 CORE_ADDR pc = expanded.sals[i].pc;
5402 char *this_function;
5403 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc, &this_function,
5404 &func_addr, &func_end))
5405 {
5406 if (this_function &&
5407 strcmp (this_function, original_function) != 0)
5408 {
5409 remove_sal (&expanded, i);
5410 --i;
5411 }
5412 else if (func_addr == pc)
5413 {
5414 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
5415 skip prologue. */
5416 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (pc);
5417 if (sym)
5418 expanded.sals[i] = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5419 else
5420 expanded.sals[i].pc
5421 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (current_gdbarch, pc);
5422 }
5423 }
5424 }
5425 }
5426
5427
5428 if (expanded.nelts <= 1)
5429 {
5430 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
5431 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
5432 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
5433 xfree (expanded.sals);
5434 expanded.nelts = 1;
5435 expanded.sals = xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5436 sal.pc = original_pc;
5437 expanded.sals[0] = sal;
5438 return expanded;
5439 }
5440
5441 if (original_pc)
5442 {
5443 found = 0;
5444 for (i = 0; i < expanded.nelts; ++i)
5445 if (expanded.sals[i].pc == original_pc)
5446 {
5447 found = 1;
5448 break;
5449 }
5450 gdb_assert (found);
5451 }
5452
5453 return expanded;
5454 }
5455
5456 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5457 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5458 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5459 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5460 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5461 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5462 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5463 we take just a single condition string.
5464
5465 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5466 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5467 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5468 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5469 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5470
5471 static void
5472 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5473 char *cond_string,
5474 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5475 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
5476 struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
5477 int enabled)
5478 {
5479 int i;
5480 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5481 {
5482 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded =
5483 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[i]);
5484
5485 create_breakpoint (expanded, addr_string[i],
5486 cond_string, type, disposition,
5487 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5488 }
5489 }
5490
5491 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5492 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5493 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5494 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5495
5496 static void
5497 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5498 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5499 char ***addr_string,
5500 int *not_found_ptr)
5501 {
5502 char *addr_start = *address;
5503 *addr_string = NULL;
5504 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5505 breakpoint. */
5506 if ((*address) == NULL
5507 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5508 {
5509 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5510 {
5511 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5512 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5513 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5514 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5515 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5516 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5517 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5518 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5519
5520 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
5521 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
5522 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
5523 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
5524 */
5525 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
5526
5527 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5528 sals->nelts = 1;
5529 }
5530 else
5531 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5532 }
5533 else
5534 {
5535 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5536 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5537 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5538 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5539 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5540 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5541
5542 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5543
5544 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5545 && (!cursal.symtab
5546 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5547 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5548 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5549 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5550 not_found_ptr);
5551 else
5552 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5553 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5554 }
5555 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5556 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5557 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5558 if (addr_start != (*address))
5559 {
5560 int i;
5561 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5562 {
5563 /* Add the string if not present. */
5564 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5565 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5566 }
5567 }
5568 }
5569
5570
5571 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5572 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5573
5574 static void
5575 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5576 char *address)
5577 {
5578 int i;
5579 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5580 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5581 }
5582
5583 static void
5584 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5585 {
5586 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5587
5588 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5589 args->not_found_ptr);
5590 }
5591
5592 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5593 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5594 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5595 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5596 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5597 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5598 static void
5599 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5600 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
5601 {
5602 *cond_string = NULL;
5603 *thread = -1;
5604 while (tok && *tok)
5605 {
5606 char *end_tok;
5607 int toklen;
5608 char *cond_start = NULL;
5609 char *cond_end = NULL;
5610 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5611 tok++;
5612
5613 end_tok = tok;
5614
5615 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5616 end_tok++;
5617
5618 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5619
5620 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5621 {
5622 struct expression *expr;
5623
5624 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5625 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5626 xfree (expr);
5627 cond_end = tok;
5628 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5629 cond_end - cond_start);
5630 }
5631 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5632 {
5633 char *tmptok;
5634
5635 tok = end_tok + 1;
5636 tmptok = tok;
5637 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5638 if (tok == tmptok)
5639 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5640 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5641 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5642 }
5643 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
5644 {
5645 char *tmptok;
5646
5647 tok = end_tok + 1;
5648 tmptok = tok;
5649 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5650 if (tok == tmptok)
5651 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
5652 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
5653 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task);
5654 }
5655 else
5656 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5657 }
5658 }
5659
5660 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
5661 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
5662 This function has two major modes of operations,
5663 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
5664 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
5665 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
5666 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
5667 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
5668 parameters. */
5669
5670 static void
5671 break_command_really (char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
5672 int parse_condition_and_thread,
5673 int tempflag, int hardwareflag, int traceflag,
5674 int ignore_count,
5675 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
5676 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
5677 int from_tty,
5678 int enabled)
5679 {
5680 struct gdb_exception e;
5681 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5682 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5683 char *copy_arg;
5684 char *err_msg;
5685 char *addr_start = arg;
5686 char **addr_string;
5687 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5688 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5689 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5690 int i;
5691 int pending = 0;
5692 int not_found = 0;
5693 enum bptype type_wanted;
5694 int task = 0;
5695
5696 sals.sals = NULL;
5697 sals.nelts = 0;
5698 addr_string = NULL;
5699
5700 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5701 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5702 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5703 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5704
5705 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5706 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5707
5708 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5709 switch (e.reason)
5710 {
5711 case RETURN_QUIT:
5712 throw_exception (e);
5713 case RETURN_ERROR:
5714 switch (e.error)
5715 {
5716 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5717
5718 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5719 error. */
5720
5721 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5722 throw_exception (e);
5723
5724 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5725
5726 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5727 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5728 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5729 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5730 return;
5731
5732 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5733 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5734 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5735 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5736 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5737 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5738 sals.nelts = 1;
5739 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5740 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5741 pending = 1;
5742 break;
5743 default:
5744 throw_exception (e);
5745 }
5746 default:
5747 if (!sals.nelts)
5748 return;
5749 }
5750
5751 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5752 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5753
5754 if (!pending)
5755 {
5756 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5757 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5758
5759 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5760 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5761 }
5762
5763 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5764 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5765 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5766 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5767 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5768
5769 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5770 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5771 fails. */
5772 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5773 {
5774 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5775 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5776 }
5777
5778 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5779 are ok for the target. */
5780 if (!pending)
5781 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5782
5783 type_wanted = (traceflag
5784 ? bp_tracepoint
5785 : (hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint));
5786
5787 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5788 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5789 breakpoint. */
5790 if (!pending)
5791 {
5792 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
5793 {
5794 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5795 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5796 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5797 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5798 cond_string = NULL;
5799 thread = -1;
5800 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
5801 &thread, &task);
5802 if (cond_string)
5803 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5804 }
5805 else
5806 {
5807 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
5808 if (cond_string)
5809 {
5810 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
5811 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5812 }
5813 }
5814 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string, type_wanted,
5815 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5816 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty, enabled);
5817 }
5818 else
5819 {
5820 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5821 struct breakpoint *b;
5822
5823 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5824
5825 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (type_wanted);
5826 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5827 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5828 b->thread = -1;
5829 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5830 b->cond_string = NULL;
5831 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5832 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5833 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5834 b->ops = ops;
5835 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
5836
5837 mention (b);
5838 }
5839
5840 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5841 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5842 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5843 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5844 breakpoint. */
5845 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5846 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5847 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5848
5849 /* error call may happen here - have BREAKPOINT_CHAIN already discarded. */
5850 update_global_location_list (1);
5851 }
5852
5853 /* Set a breakpoint.
5854 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
5855 condition, and thread.
5856 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
5857 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
5858 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
5859
5860 static void
5861 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
5862 {
5863 int hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5864 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5865
5866 break_command_really (arg,
5867 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
5868 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5869 0 /* Ignore count */,
5870 pending_break_support,
5871 NULL /* breakpoint_ops */,
5872 from_tty,
5873 1 /* enabled */);
5874 }
5875
5876
5877 void
5878 set_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5879 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5880 int thread, int ignore_count,
5881 int pending, int enabled)
5882 {
5883 break_command_really (address, condition, thread,
5884 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
5885 tempflag, hardwareflag, 0 /* traceflag */,
5886 ignore_count,
5887 pending
5888 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE : AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE,
5889 NULL, 0, enabled);
5890 }
5891
5892 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
5893 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
5894 the debugging information.
5895
5896 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
5897
5898 static void
5899 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5900 {
5901 struct symbol *sym = find_pc_function (sal->pc);
5902 struct symtab_and_line start_sal;
5903
5904 if (sym == NULL)
5905 return;
5906
5907 start_sal = find_function_start_sal (sym, 1);
5908 if (sal->pc < start_sal.pc)
5909 *sal = start_sal;
5910 }
5911
5912 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5913
5914 void
5915 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5916 {
5917 CORE_ADDR pc;
5918
5919 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5920 {
5921 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5922 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5923 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5924 sal->pc = pc;
5925
5926 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
5927 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
5928 if (sal->explicit_line)
5929 {
5930 /* Preserve the original line number. */
5931 int saved_line = sal->line;
5932 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
5933 sal->line = saved_line;
5934 }
5935 }
5936
5937 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5938 {
5939 struct blockvector *bv;
5940 struct block *b;
5941 struct symbol *sym;
5942
5943 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
5944 if (bv != NULL)
5945 {
5946 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
5947 if (sym != NULL)
5948 {
5949 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5950 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
5951 }
5952 else
5953 {
5954 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5955 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5956 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5957 source). */
5958
5959 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5960
5961 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5962 if (msym)
5963 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
5964 }
5965 }
5966 }
5967 }
5968
5969 void
5970 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5971 {
5972 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
5973 }
5974
5975 void
5976 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5977 {
5978 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
5979 }
5980
5981 static void
5982 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5983 {
5984 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
5985 }
5986
5987 static void
5988 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5989 {
5990 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
5991 }
5992
5993 static void
5994 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5995 {
5996 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5997 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5998 stop at <line>\n"));
5999 }
6000
6001 static void
6002 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6003 {
6004 int badInput = 0;
6005
6006 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
6007 badInput = 1;
6008 else if (*arg != '*')
6009 {
6010 char *argptr = arg;
6011 int hasColon = 0;
6012
6013 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
6014 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
6015 function/method name */
6016 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
6017 {
6018 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
6019 argptr++;
6020 }
6021
6022 if (hasColon)
6023 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
6024 else
6025 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
6026 }
6027
6028 if (badInput)
6029 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
6030 else
6031 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6032 }
6033
6034 static void
6035 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6036 {
6037 int badInput = 0;
6038
6039 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
6040 badInput = 1;
6041 else
6042 {
6043 char *argptr = arg;
6044 int hasColon = 0;
6045
6046 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
6047 it is probably a line number. */
6048 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
6049 {
6050 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
6051 argptr++;
6052 }
6053
6054 if (hasColon)
6055 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
6056 else
6057 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
6058 }
6059
6060 if (badInput)
6061 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
6062 else
6063 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6064 }
6065
6066 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
6067 hw_read: watch read,
6068 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
6069 static void
6070 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
6071 {
6072 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
6073 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6074 struct expression *exp;
6075 struct block *exp_valid_block;
6076 struct value *val, *mark;
6077 struct frame_info *frame;
6078 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
6079 char *exp_start = NULL;
6080 char *exp_end = NULL;
6081 char *tok, *id_tok_start, *end_tok;
6082 int toklen;
6083 char *cond_start = NULL;
6084 char *cond_end = NULL;
6085 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6086 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
6087 enum bptype bp_type;
6088 int mem_cnt = 0;
6089 int thread = -1;
6090
6091 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6092
6093 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
6094 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
6095 {
6096 toklen = strlen (arg); /* Size of argument list. */
6097
6098 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
6099 tok = arg + toklen - 1;
6100
6101 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
6102 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
6103 be the thread identifier. */
6104 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6105 tok--;
6106 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6107 tok--;
6108
6109 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
6110 id_tok_start = tok + 1;
6111
6112 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
6113 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
6114 reach a "thread" token. */
6115 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
6116 tok--;
6117
6118 end_tok = tok;
6119
6120 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
6121 tok--;
6122
6123 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
6124 calculate the length of the token. */
6125 tok++;
6126 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6127
6128 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
6129 {
6130 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
6131 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
6132 only in a specific thread. */
6133 char *endp;
6134
6135 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
6136 thread = strtol (id_tok_start, &endp, 0);
6137
6138 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
6139 thread ID. */
6140 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
6141 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start);
6142
6143 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
6144 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
6145 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
6146
6147 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
6148 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
6149 evaluate_expression() function. */
6150 *tok = '\0';
6151 }
6152 }
6153
6154 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
6155 innermost_block = NULL;
6156 exp_start = arg;
6157 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
6158 exp_end = arg;
6159 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
6160 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
6161 prettier. */
6162 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
6163 --exp_end;
6164
6165 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
6166 mark = value_mark ();
6167 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp, &val, NULL, NULL);
6168 if (val != NULL)
6169 release_value (val);
6170
6171 tok = arg;
6172 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
6173 tok++;
6174 end_tok = tok;
6175
6176 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
6177 end_tok++;
6178
6179 toklen = end_tok - tok;
6180 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
6181 {
6182 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
6183 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
6184 cond_end = tok;
6185 }
6186 if (*tok)
6187 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
6188
6189 if (accessflag == hw_read)
6190 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
6191 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
6192 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
6193 else
6194 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
6195
6196 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
6197 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6198 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
6199 if (mem_cnt != 0)
6200 {
6201 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
6202 target_resources_ok =
6203 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
6204 other_type_used);
6205 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6206 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
6207
6208 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
6209 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
6210 }
6211
6212 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
6213 watchpoint could not be set. */
6214 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
6215 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
6216
6217 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
6218 if (frame)
6219 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6220 else
6221 prev_frame = NULL;
6222
6223 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
6224 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
6225 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
6226 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
6227 if (innermost_block && prev_frame)
6228 {
6229 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
6230 bp_watchpoint_scope);
6231
6232 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6233
6234 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
6235 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
6236
6237 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
6238 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
6239
6240 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
6241 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
6242 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6243 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
6244 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
6245 scope_breakpoint->type);
6246 }
6247
6248 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
6249 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
6250 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6251 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6252 b->thread = thread;
6253 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
6254 b->exp = exp;
6255 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
6256 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
6257 b->val = val;
6258 b->val_valid = 1;
6259 b->loc->cond = cond;
6260 if (cond_start)
6261 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
6262 else
6263 b->cond_string = 0;
6264
6265 if (frame)
6266 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
6267 else
6268 b->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
6269
6270 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
6271 {
6272 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
6273 need to act on them together. */
6274 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
6275 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
6276 }
6277
6278 value_free_to_mark (mark);
6279 mention (b);
6280 update_global_location_list (1);
6281 }
6282
6283 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
6284 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
6285 in hardware return zero. */
6286
6287 static int
6288 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
6289 {
6290 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
6291 struct value *head = v;
6292
6293 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
6294 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
6295 return 0;
6296
6297 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6298 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6299 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6300 hardware watchpoint.
6301
6302 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6303 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6304 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6305 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6306 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6307 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6308 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6309 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6310 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6311
6312 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6313 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6314 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6315 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6316 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6317 {
6318 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6319 {
6320 if (value_lazy (v))
6321 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6322 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6323 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6324 ;
6325 else
6326 {
6327 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6328 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6329 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6330
6331 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6332 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6333 middle of some value chain. */
6334 if (v == head
6335 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6336 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6337 {
6338 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
6339 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6340
6341 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len))
6342 return 0;
6343 else
6344 found_memory_cnt++;
6345 }
6346 }
6347 }
6348 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6349 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6350 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6351 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6352 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6353 }
6354
6355 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6356 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6357 return found_memory_cnt;
6358 }
6359
6360 void
6361 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6362 {
6363 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6364 }
6365
6366 static void
6367 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6368 {
6369 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6370 }
6371
6372 void
6373 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6374 {
6375 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6376 }
6377
6378 static void
6379 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6380 {
6381 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6382 }
6383
6384 void
6385 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6386 {
6387 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6388 }
6389
6390 static void
6391 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6392 {
6393 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6394 }
6395 \f
6396
6397 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6398 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6399
6400 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
6401 {
6402 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6403 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
6404 };
6405
6406 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6407 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6408 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6409 command. */
6410 static void
6411 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg)
6412 {
6413 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
6414
6415 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
6416 if (a->breakpoint2)
6417 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
6418 }
6419
6420 void
6421 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6422 {
6423 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6424 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6425 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6426 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6427 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6428 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
6429 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6430
6431 clear_proceed_status ();
6432
6433 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6434 this function */
6435
6436 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6437 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6438 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6439 else
6440 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6441 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6442
6443 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6444 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6445
6446 sal = sals.sals[0];
6447 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6448
6449 if (*arg)
6450 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6451
6452 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6453
6454 if (anywhere)
6455 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6456 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6457 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6458 else
6459 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6460 at the very same frame. */
6461 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6462 bp_until);
6463
6464 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6465
6466 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6467 one. */
6468 if (prev_frame)
6469 {
6470 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6471 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6472 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6473 bp_until);
6474 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
6475 }
6476
6477 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6478
6479 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
6480 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
6481 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
6482 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
6483
6484 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
6485 {
6486 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
6487 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
6488
6489 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
6490 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
6491
6492 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
6493 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
6494 until_break_command_continuation, args,
6495 xfree);
6496 }
6497 else
6498 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6499 }
6500
6501 static void
6502 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6503 {
6504 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6505 return;
6506 while (isspace (**s))
6507 *s += 1;
6508 }
6509
6510 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6511 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6512
6513 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6514 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6515 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6516 if clause in the arg string. */
6517
6518 static char *
6519 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6520 {
6521 char *cond_string;
6522
6523 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6524 return NULL;
6525
6526 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6527 (*arg) += 2;
6528
6529 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6530 condition string. */
6531 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6532 cond_string = *arg;
6533
6534 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6535 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6536
6537 return cond_string;
6538 }
6539
6540 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6541 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6542
6543 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6544 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6545 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6546 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6547
6548 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6549 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6550 static char *
6551 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6552 {
6553 static char filename[1024];
6554 char *arg_p = *arg;
6555 int i;
6556 char c;
6557
6558 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6559 return NULL;
6560
6561 for (i = 0;; i++)
6562 {
6563 c = *arg_p;
6564 if (isspace (c))
6565 c = '\0';
6566 filename[i] = c;
6567 if (c == '\0')
6568 break;
6569 arg_p++;
6570 }
6571 *arg = arg_p;
6572
6573 return filename;
6574 }
6575
6576 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6577 process start/exit, etc. */
6578
6579 typedef enum
6580 {
6581 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
6582 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
6583 }
6584 catch_fork_kind;
6585
6586 static void
6587 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6588 {
6589 char *cond_string = NULL;
6590 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
6591 int tempflag;
6592
6593 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
6594 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
6595 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
6596
6597 if (!arg)
6598 arg = "";
6599 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6600
6601 /* The allowed syntax is:
6602 catch [v]fork
6603 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6604
6605 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6606 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6607
6608 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6609 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6610
6611 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6612 and enable reporting of such events. */
6613 switch (fork_kind)
6614 {
6615 case catch_fork_temporary:
6616 case catch_fork_permanent:
6617 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6618 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
6619 break;
6620 case catch_vfork_temporary:
6621 case catch_vfork_permanent:
6622 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string,
6623 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
6624 break;
6625 default:
6626 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6627 break;
6628 }
6629 }
6630
6631 static void
6632 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6633 {
6634 int tempflag;
6635 char *cond_string = NULL;
6636
6637 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6638
6639 if (!arg)
6640 arg = "";
6641 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6642
6643 /* The allowed syntax is:
6644 catch exec
6645 catch exec if <cond>
6646
6647 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6648 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6649
6650 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6651 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6652
6653 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6654 and enable reporting of such events. */
6655 create_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
6656 }
6657
6658 static enum print_stop_action
6659 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6660 {
6661 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
6662
6663 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6664
6665 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6666 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
6667 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
6668 b->loc->address,
6669 b->number, 1);
6670 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
6671 ui_out_text (uiout,
6672 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
6673 : "Catchpoint ");
6674 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6675 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6676 ui_out_text (uiout,
6677 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
6678 : " (exception caught), ");
6679 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6680 {
6681 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6682 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
6683 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6684 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6685 }
6686 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6687 }
6688
6689 static void
6690 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6691 {
6692 struct value_print_options opts;
6693 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6694 if (opts.addressprint)
6695 {
6696 annotate_field (4);
6697 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
6698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6699 else
6700 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6701 }
6702 annotate_field (5);
6703 if (b->loc)
6704 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6705 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6706 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6707 else
6708 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6709 }
6710
6711 static void
6712 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6713 {
6714 int bp_temp;
6715 int bp_throw;
6716
6717 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
6718 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
6719 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
6720 : _("Catchpoint "));
6721 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6722 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
6723 : _(" (catch)"));
6724 }
6725
6726 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6727 NULL, /* insert */
6728 NULL, /* remove */
6729 NULL, /* breakpoint_hit */
6730 print_exception_catchpoint,
6731 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6732 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6733 };
6734
6735 static int
6736 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6737 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6738 {
6739 char *trigger_func_name;
6740
6741 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6742 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
6743 else
6744 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
6745
6746 break_command_really (trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
6747 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6748 tempflag, 0, 0,
6749 0,
6750 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
6751 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
6752 1 /* enabled */);
6753
6754 return 1;
6755 }
6756
6757 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6758
6759 static void
6760 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6761 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6762 {
6763 char *cond_string = NULL;
6764 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6765
6766 if (!arg)
6767 arg = "";
6768 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6769
6770 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6771
6772 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6773 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6774
6775 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6776 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6777 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6778
6779 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6780 return;
6781
6782 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6783 }
6784
6785 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
6786
6787 static void
6788 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6789 {
6790 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6791 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6792 }
6793
6794 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
6795
6796 static void
6797 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6798 {
6799 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6800 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
6801 }
6802
6803 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6804
6805 static void
6806 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6807 char *addr_string,
6808 char *exp_string,
6809 char *cond_string,
6810 struct expression *cond,
6811 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6812 int tempflag,
6813 int from_tty)
6814 {
6815 struct breakpoint *b;
6816
6817 if (from_tty)
6818 {
6819 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6820 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6821 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6822 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6823 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6824 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6825 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6826 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6827 enough for now, though. */
6828 }
6829
6830 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6831 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6832
6833 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6834 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6835 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6836 b->ignore_count = 0;
6837 b->loc->cond = cond;
6838 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6839 b->language = language_ada;
6840 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6841 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6842 b->thread = -1;
6843 b->ops = ops;
6844
6845 mention (b);
6846 update_global_location_list (1);
6847 }
6848
6849 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6850
6851 static void
6852 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int from_tty,
6853 struct cmd_list_element *command)
6854 {
6855 int tempflag;
6856 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6857 enum bptype type;
6858 char *addr_string = NULL;
6859 char *exp_string = NULL;
6860 char *cond_string = NULL;
6861 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6862 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6863
6864 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6865
6866 if (!arg)
6867 arg = "";
6868 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6869 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6870 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6871 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6872 from_tty);
6873 }
6874
6875 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6876
6877 static void
6878 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
6879 {
6880 int tempflag;
6881 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6882 char *addr_string = NULL;
6883 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6884
6885 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
6886
6887 if (!arg)
6888 arg = "";
6889 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6890 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6891 tempflag, from_tty);
6892 }
6893
6894 static void
6895 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6896 {
6897 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6898 }
6899 \f
6900
6901 static void
6902 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6903 {
6904 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6905 }
6906
6907 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6908
6909 static void
6910 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6911 {
6912 struct breakpoint *b;
6913 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
6914 int ix;
6915 int default_match;
6916 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6917 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6918 int i;
6919
6920 if (arg)
6921 {
6922 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6923 default_match = 0;
6924 }
6925 else
6926 {
6927 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6928 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6929 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6930 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6931 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6932 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6933 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6934 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6935 error (_("No source file specified."));
6936
6937 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6938 sals.nelts = 1;
6939
6940 default_match = 1;
6941 }
6942
6943 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
6944 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
6945 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
6946 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
6947 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
6948
6949 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
6950 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
6951 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
6952 due to optimization, all in one block.
6953 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
6954 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
6955 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
6956 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
6957 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
6958 to support that. */
6959
6960 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6961 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6962 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6963 one breakpoint. */
6964
6965 found = NULL;
6966 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6967 {
6968 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6969 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6970 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6971 or at default pc.
6972
6973 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6974
6975 0 1 pc
6976 1 1 pc _and_ line
6977 0 0 line
6978 1 0 <can't happen> */
6979
6980 sal = sals.sals[i];
6981
6982 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
6983 'found'. */
6984 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6985 {
6986 int match = 0;
6987 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6988 if (b->type != bp_none
6989 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6990 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6991 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6992 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6993 {
6994 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6995 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6996 {
6997 int pc_match = sal.pc
6998 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6999 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
7000 || loc->section == sal.section);
7001 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
7002 && b->source_file != NULL
7003 && sal.symtab != NULL
7004 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
7005 && b->line_number == sal.line);
7006 if (pc_match || line_match)
7007 {
7008 match = 1;
7009 break;
7010 }
7011 }
7012 }
7013
7014 if (match)
7015 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
7016 }
7017 }
7018 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
7019 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
7020 {
7021 if (arg)
7022 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
7023 else
7024 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
7025 }
7026
7027 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
7028 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
7029 if (from_tty)
7030 {
7031 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
7032 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
7033 else
7034 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
7035 }
7036 breakpoints_changed ();
7037
7038 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
7039 {
7040 if (from_tty)
7041 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
7042 delete_breakpoint (b);
7043 }
7044 if (from_tty)
7045 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
7046 }
7047 \f
7048 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
7049 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
7050 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
7051
7052 void
7053 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
7054 {
7055 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7056
7057 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
7058 if (bs->breakpoint_at
7059 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner
7060 && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
7061 && bs->stop)
7062 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
7063
7064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7065 {
7066 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
7067 delete_breakpoint (b);
7068 }
7069 }
7070
7071 /* A cleanup function which destroys a vector. */
7072
7073 static void
7074 do_vec_free (void *p)
7075 {
7076 VEC(bp_location_p) **vec = p;
7077 if (*vec)
7078 VEC_free (bp_location_p, *vec);
7079 }
7080
7081 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
7082 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
7083 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
7084 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
7085 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
7086 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
7087 returns true on them.
7088
7089 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
7090 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
7091 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
7092 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
7093 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
7094 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
7095
7096 static void
7097 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
7098 {
7099 struct breakpoint *b;
7100 struct bp_location **next = &bp_location_chain;
7101 struct bp_location *loc;
7102 struct bp_location *loc2;
7103 VEC(bp_location_p) *old_locations = NULL;
7104 int ret;
7105 int ix;
7106 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7107
7108 cleanups = make_cleanup (do_vec_free, &old_locations);
7109 /* Store old locations for future reference. */
7110 for (loc = bp_location_chain; loc; loc = loc->global_next)
7111 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, old_locations, loc);
7112
7113 bp_location_chain = NULL;
7114 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7115 {
7116 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7117 {
7118 *next = loc;
7119 next = &(loc->global_next);
7120 *next = NULL;
7121 }
7122 }
7123
7124 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
7125 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
7126 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
7127 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
7128 we don't need to remove/insert the location. */
7129 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(bp_location_p, old_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7130 {
7131 /* Tells if 'loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
7132 have to free it. */
7133 int found_object = 0;
7134 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
7135 int keep_in_target = 0;
7136 int removed = 0;
7137 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7138 if (loc2 == loc)
7139 {
7140 found_object = 1;
7141 break;
7142 }
7143
7144 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
7145 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
7146 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
7147 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
7148 inserted. */
7149
7150 if (loc->inserted)
7151 {
7152 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
7153
7154 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (loc))
7155 {
7156 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
7157 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
7158 keep_in_target = 1;
7159 }
7160 else
7161 {
7162 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
7163 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
7164 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
7165 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc->owner))
7166 for (loc2 = bp_location_chain; loc2; loc2 = loc2->global_next)
7167 {
7168 /* For the sake of should_insert_location. The
7169 call to check_duplicates will fix up this later. */
7170 loc2->duplicate = 0;
7171 if (should_be_inserted (loc2)
7172 && loc2 != loc && loc2->address == loc->address)
7173 {
7174 loc2->inserted = 1;
7175 loc2->target_info = loc->target_info;
7176 keep_in_target = 1;
7177 break;
7178 }
7179 }
7180 }
7181
7182 if (!keep_in_target)
7183 {
7184 if (remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted))
7185 {
7186 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
7187 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
7188 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
7189 succeed next time.
7190
7191 Note that at this point, loc->owner is still valid,
7192 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
7193 after calling us. */
7194 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
7195 loc->owner->number);
7196 }
7197 removed = 1;
7198 }
7199 }
7200
7201 if (!found_object)
7202 {
7203 if (removed && non_stop)
7204 {
7205 /* This location was removed from the targets. In non-stop mode,
7206 a race condition is possible where we've removed a breakpoint,
7207 but stop events for that breakpoint are already queued and will
7208 arrive later. To suppress spurious SIGTRAPs reported to user,
7209 we keep this breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
7210 after we see 3 * thread_count events.
7211 The theory here is that reporting of events should,
7212 "on the average", be fair, so after that many event we'll see
7213 events from all threads that have anything of interest, and no
7214 longer need to keep this breakpoint. This is just a
7215 heuristic, but if it's wrong, we'll report unexpected SIGTRAP,
7216 which is usability issue, but not a correctness problem. */
7217 loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
7218 loc->owner = NULL;
7219
7220 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, loc);
7221 }
7222 else
7223 free_bp_location (loc);
7224 }
7225 }
7226
7227 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7228 {
7229 check_duplicates (b);
7230 }
7231
7232 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
7233 && (have_live_inferiors ()
7234 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
7235 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
7236
7237 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7238 }
7239
7240 void
7241 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
7242 {
7243 struct bp_location *loc;
7244 int ix;
7245
7246 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
7247 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
7248 {
7249 free_bp_location (loc);
7250 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
7251 --ix;
7252 }
7253 }
7254
7255 static void
7256 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
7257 {
7258 struct gdb_exception e;
7259 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7260 update_global_location_list (inserting);
7261 }
7262
7263 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
7264 static void
7265 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
7266 {
7267 bpstat bs;
7268 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
7269 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7270 {
7271 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7272 bs->old_val = NULL;
7273 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7274 }
7275 }
7276
7277 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
7278 static int
7279 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
7280 {
7281 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
7282 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th->stop_bpstat, bpt);
7283 return 0;
7284 }
7285
7286 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7287 structures. */
7288
7289 void
7290 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7291 {
7292 struct breakpoint *b;
7293 struct bp_location *loc, *next;
7294
7295 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7296
7297 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7298 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7299
7300 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7301 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7302 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7303 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7304 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7305
7306 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7307 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7308 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7309 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7310 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7311 return;
7312
7313 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt->number);
7314
7315 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7316 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7317
7318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7319 if (b->next == bpt)
7320 {
7321 b->next = bpt->next;
7322 break;
7323 }
7324
7325 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7326 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7327 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7328 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7329 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7330 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7331 xfree (bpt->exp);
7332 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7333 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7334 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7335 value_free (bpt->val);
7336 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7337 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7338 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7339 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7340
7341 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7342 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7343 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7344 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7345 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7346 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7347 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7348 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7349 with commands won't work. */
7350
7351 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
7352
7353 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
7354 list, update the global location list. This
7355 will remove locations that used to belong to
7356 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
7357 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
7358 looks at location's owner. It might be better
7359 design to have location completely self-contained,
7360 but it's not the case now. */
7361 update_global_location_list (0);
7362
7363
7364 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7365 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7366 bpt->type = bp_none;
7367
7368 xfree (bpt);
7369 }
7370
7371 static void
7372 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7373 {
7374 delete_breakpoint (b);
7375 }
7376
7377 struct cleanup *
7378 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7379 {
7380 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7381 }
7382
7383 void
7384 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7385 {
7386 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7387
7388 dont_repeat ();
7389
7390 if (arg == 0)
7391 {
7392 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7393
7394 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7395 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7396 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7397 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7398 {
7399 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7400 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7401 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7402 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7403 b->number >= 0)
7404 {
7405 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7406 break;
7407 }
7408 }
7409
7410 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7411 if (!from_tty
7412 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7413 {
7414 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7415 {
7416 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7417 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7418 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7419 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7420 b->number >= 0)
7421 delete_breakpoint (b);
7422 }
7423 }
7424 }
7425 else
7426 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7427 }
7428
7429 static int
7430 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7431 {
7432 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7433 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7434 return 0;
7435 return 1;
7436 }
7437
7438 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
7439 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
7440 Null names are ignored. */
7441
7442 static int
7443 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
7444 {
7445 struct bp_location *l;
7446 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
7447 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq,
7448 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
7449
7450 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7451 {
7452 const char **slot;
7453 const char *name = l->function_name;
7454
7455 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
7456 if (name == NULL)
7457 continue;
7458
7459 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
7460 INSERT);
7461 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
7462 NULL. */
7463 if (*slot != NULL)
7464 {
7465 htab_delete (htab);
7466 return 1;
7467 }
7468 *slot = name;
7469 }
7470
7471 htab_delete (htab);
7472 return 0;
7473 }
7474
7475 static void
7476 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7477 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7478 {
7479 int i;
7480 char *s;
7481 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7482
7483 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7484 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7485 the common case where all locations are in the same
7486 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7487 retain the location, so that when the library
7488 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7489 status of the individual locations. */
7490 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7491 return;
7492
7493 b->loc = NULL;
7494
7495 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7496 {
7497 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7498 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
7499
7500 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7501 old symtab. */
7502 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7503 {
7504 struct gdb_exception e;
7505
7506 s = b->cond_string;
7507 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7508 {
7509 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7510 0);
7511 }
7512 if (e.reason < 0)
7513 {
7514 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7515 b->number, e.message);
7516 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7517 }
7518 }
7519
7520 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7521 xfree (b->source_file);
7522 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7523 b->source_file = NULL;
7524 else
7525 b->source_file = xstrdup (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename);
7526
7527 if (b->line_number == 0)
7528 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7529 }
7530
7531 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
7532 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7533 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
7534
7535 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7536 {
7537 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7538 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
7539 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
7540 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
7541 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
7542 often enough until a better solution is found. */
7543 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
7544
7545 for (; e; e = e->next)
7546 {
7547 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7548 {
7549 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7550 if (have_ambiguous_names)
7551 {
7552 for (; l; l = l->next)
7553 if (e->address == l->address)
7554 {
7555 l->enabled = 0;
7556 break;
7557 }
7558 }
7559 else
7560 {
7561 for (; l; l = l->next)
7562 if (l->function_name
7563 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7564 {
7565 l->enabled = 0;
7566 break;
7567 }
7568 }
7569 }
7570 }
7571 }
7572
7573 update_global_location_list (1);
7574 }
7575
7576
7577 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7578 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7579 Unused in this case. */
7580
7581 static int
7582 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7583 {
7584 /* get past catch_errs */
7585 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7586 struct value *mark;
7587 int i;
7588 int not_found = 0;
7589 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7590 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7591 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
7592 char *s;
7593 enum enable_state save_enable;
7594 struct gdb_exception e;
7595 struct cleanup *cleanups;
7596
7597 switch (b->type)
7598 {
7599 case bp_none:
7600 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7601 b->number);
7602 return 0;
7603 case bp_breakpoint:
7604 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7605 case bp_tracepoint:
7606 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7607 {
7608 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7609 delete_breakpoint (b);
7610 return 0;
7611 }
7612
7613 set_language (b->language);
7614 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7615 s = b->addr_string;
7616 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7617 {
7618 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7619 not_found_ptr);
7620 }
7621 if (e.reason < 0)
7622 {
7623 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7624 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7625 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7626 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7627 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7628 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7629 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7630 if (not_found
7631 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7632 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7633 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7634 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7635
7636 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7637 {
7638 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7639 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7640 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7641 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7642 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7643 which approach is better. */
7644 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7645 throw_exception (e);
7646 }
7647 }
7648
7649 if (not_found)
7650 break;
7651
7652 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7653 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7654 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7655 {
7656 char *cond_string = 0;
7657 int thread = -1;
7658 int task = 0;
7659
7660 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7661 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
7662 if (cond_string)
7663 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7664 b->thread = thread;
7665 b->task = task;
7666 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7667 }
7668 expanded = expand_line_sal_maybe (sals.sals[0]);
7669 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
7670 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded);
7671 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7672 break;
7673
7674 case bp_watchpoint:
7675 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7676 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7677 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7678 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
7679 or it can be on local variables.
7680
7681 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
7682 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
7683 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
7684 and unloaded.
7685
7686 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
7687 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
7688 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
7689 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
7690 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
7691 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
7692
7693 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
7694 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
7695 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
7696 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
7697
7698 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
7699 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
7700
7701 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
7702 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
7703 update_watchpoint (b, 1 /* reparse */);
7704 break;
7705 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7706 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7707 loaded. */
7708 case bp_catchpoint:
7709 break;
7710
7711 default:
7712 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7713 /* fall through */
7714 /* Delete overlay event breakpoints; they will be reset later by
7715 breakpoint_re_set. */
7716 case bp_overlay_event:
7717 delete_breakpoint (b);
7718 break;
7719
7720 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7721 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7722 case bp_shlib_event:
7723
7724 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7725 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7726 case bp_thread_event:
7727
7728 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7729 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7730 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7731 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7732 case bp_until:
7733 case bp_finish:
7734 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7735 case bp_call_dummy:
7736 case bp_step_resume:
7737 case bp_longjmp:
7738 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7739 break;
7740 }
7741
7742 return 0;
7743 }
7744
7745 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded.
7746
7747 If OBJFILE is non-null, create overlay break point only in OBJFILE
7748 (speed optimization). Otherwise rescan all loaded objfiles. */
7749
7750 void
7751 breakpoint_re_set_objfile (struct objfile *objfile)
7752 {
7753 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7754 enum language save_language;
7755 int save_input_radix;
7756
7757 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7758 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7759 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7760 {
7761 /* Format possible error msg */
7762 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7763 b->number);
7764 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7765 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7766 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7767 }
7768 set_language (save_language);
7769 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7770
7771 if (objfile == NULL)
7772 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
7773 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
7774 else
7775 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event", objfile);
7776 }
7777
7778 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7779
7780 void
7781 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7782 {
7783 breakpoint_re_set_objfile (NULL);
7784 }
7785 \f
7786 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7787
7788 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7789 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7790 void
7791 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7792 {
7793 if (b->thread != -1)
7794 {
7795 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7796 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7797 }
7798 }
7799
7800 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7801 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7802 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7803
7804 void
7805 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7806 {
7807 struct breakpoint *b;
7808
7809 if (count < 0)
7810 count = 0;
7811
7812 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7813 if (b->number == bptnum)
7814 {
7815 b->ignore_count = count;
7816 if (from_tty)
7817 {
7818 if (count == 0)
7819 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7820 bptnum);
7821 else if (count == 1)
7822 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7823 bptnum);
7824 else
7825 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7826 count, bptnum);
7827 }
7828 breakpoints_changed ();
7829 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b->number);
7830 return;
7831 }
7832
7833 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7834 }
7835
7836 void
7837 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint *b)
7838 {
7839 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
7840 b->silent = 1;
7841 }
7842
7843 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7844
7845 static void
7846 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7847 {
7848 char *p = args;
7849 int num;
7850
7851 if (p == 0)
7852 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7853
7854 num = get_number (&p);
7855 if (num == 0)
7856 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7857 if (*p == 0)
7858 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7859
7860 set_ignore_count (num,
7861 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7862 from_tty);
7863 if (from_tty)
7864 printf_filtered ("\n");
7865 }
7866 \f
7867 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7868 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7869
7870 static void
7871 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7872 {
7873 char *p = args;
7874 char *p1;
7875 int num;
7876 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7877 int match;
7878
7879 if (p == 0)
7880 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7881
7882 while (*p)
7883 {
7884 match = 0;
7885 p1 = p;
7886
7887 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7888 if (num == 0)
7889 {
7890 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7891 }
7892 else
7893 {
7894 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7895 if (b->number == num)
7896 {
7897 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7898 match = 1;
7899 function (b);
7900 if (related_breakpoint)
7901 function (related_breakpoint);
7902 break;
7903 }
7904 if (match == 0)
7905 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7906 }
7907 p = p1;
7908 }
7909 }
7910
7911 static struct bp_location *
7912 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7913 {
7914 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7915 char *p1;
7916 int bp_num;
7917 int loc_num;
7918 struct breakpoint *b;
7919 struct bp_location *loc;
7920
7921 *dot = '\0';
7922
7923 p1 = number;
7924 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7925 if (bp_num == 0)
7926 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7927
7928 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7929 if (b->number == bp_num)
7930 {
7931 break;
7932 }
7933
7934 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7935 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7936
7937 p1 = dot+1;
7938 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7939 if (loc_num == 0)
7940 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7941
7942 --loc_num;
7943 loc = b->loc;
7944 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7945 ;
7946 if (!loc)
7947 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7948
7949 return loc;
7950 }
7951
7952
7953 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7954 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7955 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7956
7957 void
7958 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7959 {
7960 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7961 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7962 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7963 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7964 return;
7965
7966 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7967 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7968 return;
7969
7970 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7971
7972 update_global_location_list (0);
7973
7974 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
7975 }
7976
7977 static void
7978 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7979 {
7980 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7981 if (args == 0)
7982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7983 switch (bpt->type)
7984 {
7985 case bp_none:
7986 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7987 bpt->number);
7988 continue;
7989 case bp_breakpoint:
7990 case bp_tracepoint:
7991 case bp_catchpoint:
7992 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7993 case bp_watchpoint:
7994 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7995 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7996 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7997 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7998 default:
7999 continue;
8000 }
8001 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8002 {
8003 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8004 if (loc)
8005 loc->enabled = 0;
8006 update_global_location_list (0);
8007 }
8008 else
8009 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
8010 }
8011
8012 static void
8013 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
8014 {
8015 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
8016 struct value *mark;
8017
8018 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8019 {
8020 int i;
8021 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8022 target_resources_ok =
8023 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8024 i + 1, 0);
8025 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8026 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8027 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8028 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8029 }
8030
8031 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
8032 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
8033 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
8034 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
8035 {
8036 struct gdb_exception e;
8037
8038 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8039 {
8040 update_watchpoint (bpt, 1 /* reparse */);
8041 }
8042 if (e.reason < 0)
8043 {
8044 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
8045 bpt->number);
8046 return;
8047 }
8048 }
8049
8050 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
8051 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8052 bpt->disposition = disposition;
8053 update_global_location_list (1);
8054 breakpoints_changed ();
8055
8056 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt->number);
8057 }
8058
8059
8060 void
8061 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8062 {
8063 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
8064 }
8065
8066 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
8067 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
8068 in stopping the inferior. */
8069
8070 static void
8071 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8072 {
8073 struct breakpoint *bpt;
8074 if (args == 0)
8075 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
8076 switch (bpt->type)
8077 {
8078 case bp_none:
8079 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8080 bpt->number);
8081 continue;
8082 case bp_breakpoint:
8083 case bp_tracepoint:
8084 case bp_catchpoint:
8085 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
8086 case bp_watchpoint:
8087 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
8088 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8089 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8090 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8091 default:
8092 continue;
8093 }
8094 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8095 {
8096 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8097 if (loc)
8098 loc->enabled = 1;
8099 update_global_location_list (1);
8100 }
8101 else
8102 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8103 }
8104
8105 static void
8106 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8107 {
8108 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8109 }
8110
8111 static void
8112 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8113 {
8114 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8115 }
8116
8117 static void
8118 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8119 {
8120 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8121 }
8122
8123 static void
8124 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8125 {
8126 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8127 }
8128 \f
8129 static void
8130 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8131 {
8132 }
8133
8134 static void
8135 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8136 {
8137 }
8138
8139 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8140
8141 struct symtabs_and_lines
8142 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8143 {
8144 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8145 if (string == 0)
8146 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8147 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8148 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8149 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8150 default_breakpoint_line,
8151 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8152 else
8153 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8154 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8155 if (*string)
8156 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8157 return sals;
8158 }
8159
8160 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8161 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8162 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8163 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8164 someday. */
8165
8166 void *
8167 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8168 {
8169 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8170
8171 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8172 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8173
8174 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8175 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8176 {
8177 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8178 xfree (bp_tgt);
8179 return NULL;
8180 }
8181
8182 return bp_tgt;
8183 }
8184
8185 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8186
8187 int
8188 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8189 {
8190 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8191 int ret;
8192
8193 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8194 xfree (bp_tgt);
8195
8196 return ret;
8197 }
8198
8199 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8200
8201 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8202
8203 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8204
8205 void
8206 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8207 {
8208 void **bpt_p;
8209
8210 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8211 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8212 else
8213 {
8214 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8215 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8216 }
8217
8218 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8219 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8220 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8221 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8222 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8223 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8224
8225 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8226 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8227 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8228 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8229 }
8230
8231 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8232
8233 void
8234 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8235 {
8236 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8237
8238 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8239 call. */
8240 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8241 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8242
8243 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8244 {
8245 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8246 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8247 }
8248 }
8249
8250 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8251
8252 static int
8253 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8254 {
8255 int i;
8256
8257 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8258 {
8259 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8260 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8261 return 1;
8262 }
8263
8264 return 0;
8265 }
8266
8267 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
8268
8269 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
8270 static void
8271 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
8272 {
8273 tracepoint_count = num;
8274 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
8275 }
8276
8277 void
8278 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8279 {
8280 break_command_really (arg,
8281 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8282 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
8283 1 /* traceflag */,
8284 0 /* Ignore count */,
8285 pending_break_support,
8286 NULL,
8287 from_tty,
8288 1 /* enabled */);
8289 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
8290 }
8291
8292 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
8293 omitted. */
8294
8295 static void
8296 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp, int from_tty)
8297 {
8298 struct breakpoint *b;
8299 int tps_to_list = 0;
8300
8301 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
8302 if (tpnum_exp == 0)
8303 {
8304 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8305 {
8306 if (b->number >= 0)
8307 {
8308 tps_to_list = 1;
8309 break;
8310 }
8311 }
8312 if (!tps_to_list)
8313 {
8314 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
8315 return;
8316 }
8317 }
8318
8319 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
8320 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp, from_tty);
8321 }
8322
8323 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
8324 Not supported by all targets. */
8325 static void
8326 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8327 {
8328 enable_command (args, from_tty);
8329 }
8330
8331 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
8332 Not supported by all targets. */
8333 static void
8334 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8335 {
8336 disable_command (args, from_tty);
8337 }
8338
8339 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
8340 static void
8341 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8342 {
8343 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
8344
8345 dont_repeat ();
8346
8347 if (arg == 0)
8348 {
8349 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
8350
8351 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8352 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8353 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8354 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
8355 {
8356 if (b->number >= 0)
8357 {
8358 breaks_to_delete = 1;
8359 break;
8360 }
8361 }
8362
8363 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8364 if (!from_tty
8365 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
8366 {
8367 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
8368 {
8369 if (b->type == bp_tracepoint &&
8370 b->number >= 0)
8371 delete_breakpoint (b);
8372 }
8373 }
8374 }
8375 else
8376 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
8377 }
8378
8379 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
8380
8381 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
8382 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
8383 Also accepts special argument "all". */
8384
8385 static void
8386 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8387 {
8388 struct breakpoint *t1 = (struct breakpoint *) -1, *t2;
8389 unsigned int count;
8390 int all = 0;
8391
8392 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8393 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
8394
8395 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
8396
8397 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
8398 args++;
8399
8400 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
8401 {
8402 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
8403 all = 1;
8404 if (*args)
8405 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8406 }
8407 else
8408 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 1);
8409
8410 do
8411 {
8412 if (t1)
8413 {
8414 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2)
8415 if (t1 == (struct breakpoint *) -1 || t1 == t2)
8416 {
8417 t2->pass_count = count;
8418 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2->number);
8419 if (from_tty)
8420 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
8421 t2->number, count);
8422 }
8423 if (! all && *args)
8424 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, 1, 0);
8425 }
8426 }
8427 while (*args);
8428 }
8429
8430 struct breakpoint *
8431 get_tracepoint (int num)
8432 {
8433 struct breakpoint *t;
8434
8435 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8436 if (t->number == num)
8437 return t;
8438
8439 return NULL;
8440 }
8441
8442 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
8443 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
8444 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
8445 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
8446 struct breakpoint *
8447 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg, int multi_p, int optional_p)
8448 {
8449 extern int tracepoint_count;
8450 struct breakpoint *t;
8451 int tpnum;
8452 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
8453
8454 if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
8455 {
8456 if (optional_p)
8457 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
8458 else
8459 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
8460 }
8461 else
8462 tpnum = multi_p ? get_number_or_range (arg) : get_number (arg);
8463
8464 if (tpnum <= 0)
8465 {
8466 if (instring && *instring)
8467 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
8468 instring);
8469 else
8470 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
8471 return NULL;
8472 }
8473
8474 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
8475 if (t->number == tpnum)
8476 {
8477 return t;
8478 }
8479
8480 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
8481 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
8482 allow us to discover this. */
8483 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
8484 return NULL;
8485 }
8486
8487 /* save-tracepoints command */
8488 static void
8489 tracepoint_save_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8490 {
8491 struct breakpoint *tp;
8492 int any_tp = 0;
8493 struct action_line *line;
8494 FILE *fp;
8495 char *i1 = " ", *i2 = " ";
8496 char *indent, *actionline, *pathname;
8497 char tmp[40];
8498 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8499
8500 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
8501 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
8502
8503 /* See if we have anything to save. */
8504 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8505 {
8506 any_tp = 1;
8507 break;
8508 }
8509 if (!any_tp)
8510 {
8511 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
8512 return;
8513 }
8514
8515 pathname = tilde_expand (args);
8516 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
8517 if (!(fp = fopen (pathname, "w")))
8518 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
8519 args, safe_strerror (errno));
8520 make_cleanup_fclose (fp);
8521
8522 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8523 {
8524 if (tp->addr_string)
8525 fprintf (fp, "trace %s\n", tp->addr_string);
8526 else
8527 {
8528 sprintf_vma (tmp, tp->loc->address);
8529 fprintf (fp, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp);
8530 }
8531
8532 if (tp->pass_count)
8533 fprintf (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
8534
8535 if (tp->actions)
8536 {
8537 fprintf (fp, " actions\n");
8538 indent = i1;
8539 for (line = tp->actions; line; line = line->next)
8540 {
8541 struct cmd_list_element *cmd;
8542
8543 QUIT; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
8544 actionline = line->action;
8545 while (isspace ((int) *actionline))
8546 actionline++;
8547
8548 fprintf (fp, "%s%s\n", indent, actionline);
8549 if (*actionline != '#') /* skip for comment lines */
8550 {
8551 cmd = lookup_cmd (&actionline, cmdlist, "", -1, 1);
8552 if (cmd == 0)
8553 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline);
8554 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, while_stepping_pseudocommand))
8555 indent = i2;
8556 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd, end_actions_pseudocommand))
8557 indent = i1;
8558 }
8559 }
8560 }
8561 }
8562 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8563 if (from_tty)
8564 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args);
8565 return;
8566 }
8567
8568 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
8569
8570 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
8571 all_tracepoints ()
8572 {
8573 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
8574 struct breakpoint *tp;
8575
8576 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
8577 {
8578 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
8579 }
8580
8581 return tp_vec;
8582 }
8583
8584 \f
8585 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8586 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8587 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8588 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8589 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8590 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8591 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8592 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8593 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8594 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8595 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8596 \n\
8597 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8598 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8599 \n\
8600 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8601 \n\
8602 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8603
8604 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
8605 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
8606
8607 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
8608 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
8609
8610 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
8611 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
8612 static void
8613 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
8614 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
8615 struct cmd_list_element *command),
8616 void *user_data_catch,
8617 void *user_data_tcatch)
8618 {
8619 struct cmd_list_element *command;
8620
8621 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8622 &catch_cmdlist);
8623 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8624 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
8625
8626 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
8627 &tcatch_cmdlist);
8628 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
8629 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
8630 }
8631
8632 void
8633 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8634 {
8635 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8636 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8637 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8638
8639 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8640
8641 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8642 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8643 before a breakpoint is set. */
8644 breakpoint_count = 0;
8645
8646 tracepoint_count = 0;
8647
8648 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8649 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8650 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8651 if (xdb_commands)
8652 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8653
8654 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8655 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8656 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8657 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8658 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8659 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8660 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8661 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8662
8663 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8664 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8665 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8666 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8667
8668 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8669 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8670 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8671 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8672 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8673 \n"
8674 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8675 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8676
8677 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8678 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8679 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8680 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8681 \n"
8682 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8683 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8684
8685 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8686 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8687 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8688 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8689 \n"
8690 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8691 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8692
8693 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8694 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8695 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8696 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8697 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8698 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8699 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8700 if (xdb_commands)
8701 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8702 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8703 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8704 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8705 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8706 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8707
8708 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8709
8710 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8711 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8712 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8713 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8714 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8715 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8716
8717 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8718 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8719 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8720 &enablebreaklist);
8721
8722 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8723 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8724 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8725 &enablebreaklist);
8726
8727 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8728 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8729 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8730 &enablelist);
8731
8732 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8733 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8734 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8735 &enablelist);
8736
8737 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8738 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8739 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8740 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8741 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8742 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8743 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8744 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8745 if (xdb_commands)
8746 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8747 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8748 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8749 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8750 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8751
8752 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8753 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8754 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8755 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8756 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8757 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8758 &disablelist);
8759
8760 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8761 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8762 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8763 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8764 \n\
8765 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8766 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8767 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8768 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8769 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8770 if (xdb_commands)
8771 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8772 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8773 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8774 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8775
8776 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8777 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8778 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8779 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8780 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8781 &deletelist);
8782
8783 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8784 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8785 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8786 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8787 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8788 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8789 \n\
8790 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8791 is executing in.\n\
8792 \n\
8793 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8794
8795 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8796 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8797 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8798 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8799
8800 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8801 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8802 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8803 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8804
8805 if (xdb_commands)
8806 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8807
8808 if (dbx_commands)
8809 {
8810 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8811 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8812 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8813 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8814 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8815 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8816 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8817 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8818 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8819 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8820 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8821 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8822 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8823 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8824 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8825 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8826 \n\
8827 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8828 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8829 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8830 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8831 breakpoint set."));
8832 }
8833
8834 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8835 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8836 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8837 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8838 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8839 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8840 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8841 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8842 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8843 \n\
8844 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8845 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8846 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8847 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8848 breakpoint set."));
8849
8850 if (xdb_commands)
8851 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8852 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8853 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8854 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8855 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8856 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8857 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8858 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8859 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8860 \n\
8861 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8862 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8863 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8864 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8865 breakpoint set."));
8866
8867 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8868 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8869 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8870 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8871 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8872 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8873 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8874 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8875 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8876 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8877 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8878 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8879 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8880 \n\
8881 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8882 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8883 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8884 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8885 breakpoint set."),
8886 &maintenanceinfolist);
8887
8888 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8889 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
8890 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
8891 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8892
8893 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8894 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
8895 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
8896 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
8897
8898 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
8899 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
8900 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
8901 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8902 catch_catch_command,
8903 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8904 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8905 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
8906 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
8907 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8908 catch_throw_command,
8909 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8910 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8911 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
8912 catch_fork_command_1,
8913 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
8914 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
8915 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
8916 catch_fork_command_1,
8917 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
8918 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
8919 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
8920 catch_exec_command_1,
8921 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8922 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8923 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
8924 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
8925 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8926 catch_ada_exception_command,
8927 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8928 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8929 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
8930 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
8931 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
8932 catch_assert_command,
8933 CATCH_PERMANENT,
8934 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
8935
8936 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8937 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8938 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8939 an expression changes."));
8940 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8941
8942 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8943 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8944 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8945 an expression is read."));
8946 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8947
8948 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8949 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8950 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8951 an expression is either read or written."));
8952 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
8953
8954 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8955 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8956
8957
8958 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8959 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8960 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8961 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8962 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8963 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8964 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8965 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8966 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8967 hardware.)"),
8968 NULL,
8969 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8970 &setlist, &showlist);
8971
8972 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8973
8974 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
8975
8976 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
8977 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
8978 \n"
8979 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
8980 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
8981 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8982
8983 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
8984 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8985 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8986 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
8987
8988 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
8989 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
8990 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
8991 last tracepoint set."));
8992
8993 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
8994
8995 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
8996 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
8997 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
8998 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
8999 &deletelist);
9000
9001 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
9002 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
9003 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
9004 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
9005 &disablelist);
9006 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
9007
9008 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
9009 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
9010 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
9011 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
9012 &enablelist);
9013 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
9014
9015 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
9016 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
9017 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
9018 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
9019 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
9020
9021 c = add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace, tracepoint_save_command, _("\
9022 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
9023 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
9024 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
9025
9026 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
9027 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
9028 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
9029 pending breakpoint behavior"),
9030 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
9031 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
9032 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
9033 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
9034 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
9035 pending breakpoint behavior"),
9036 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
9037 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
9038
9039 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
9040 &pending_break_support, _("\
9041 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
9042 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
9043 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
9044 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
9045 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
9046 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
9047 NULL,
9048 show_pending_break_support,
9049 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9050 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9051
9052 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
9053
9054 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
9055 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
9056 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9057 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
9058 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
9059 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
9060 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
9061 NULL,
9062 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
9063 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9064 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9065
9066 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
9067 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
9068 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9069 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
9070 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
9071 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
9072 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
9073 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
9074 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
9075 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
9076 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
9077 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
9078 NULL,
9079 &show_always_inserted_mode,
9080 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
9081 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
9082
9083 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
9084
9085 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
9086 }